IBM System X® Configuration and Options Guide PDF
IBM System X® Configuration and Options Guide PDF
IBM System X® Configuration and Options Guide PDF
New information
Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006, will contain references to feature
codes.
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators,
the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and
Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using
these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in
this document.
For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative.
Content
Overview BladeCenter Datacenter
Information sources BladeCenter S (8886) Datacenter solution program
System x BladeCenter T (8720) System x NOS
System x3100 (4348) BladeCenter T (8730) System x Operating System
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) BladeCenter HT DC (8740) offerings
System x3200 M2 (9234) BladeCenter HT AC (8750) Software Applications
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) BladeCenter E (8677) IBM and third party software
System x3350 (4192, 4193) BladeCenter H (8852) applications
System x3400 (7973, 7974) BladeCenter HS12 (8014) VMware
System x3400 (7975, 7976) BladeCenter HS12 (8028) VMware offerings
System x3450 (7948) BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995) Storage
System x3455 (7940) BladeCenter HC10 (7996) Storage Systems
System x3500 (7977) BladeCenter HS21 (8853) External expansion units
System x3550 (7978) BladeCenter HS22 (7870) Additional Fibre Channel
System x3550 M2 (7946) BladeCenter LS21 (7971) components
System x3610 (7942) BladeCenter LS22 (7901) External storage configuration
System x3650 (7979) BladeCenter LS41 (7972) examples
System x3650 M2 (7947) BladeCenter LS42 (7902) Racks
System x3650 T (7980) Rack cabinets and options
BladeCenter PN41 (3020)
System x3655 (7943) Rack console options
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)
System x3755 (7163) Rack power configurator
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) Blade server storage and
Appendix
Appendix A. External tape and
System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) I/O expansion blade
tape library attributes
Appendix B. Uninterruptible
power supplies
Appendix C. Power data overview
Appendix D. System
Management overview
Notices
Important notices
Information sources
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
number1, 2 speed processors max)3 quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor
(GHz/MHz)- (std/max) max)4 HDD, fans,
cache memory)
4348-22C Intel Pentium Dual 1/1 512MB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
Core E2140
(1.6GHz/800MHz-
1MB DC)
4348-42C Dual Core Intel Xeon 1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
Processor 3065
(2.33GHz/1333MHz-
4MB DC)
Part Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal Optical Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1, 2 ethernet controller interface HDD drive avail) avail)5
storage
(std/max)
4348-22C 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1.5TB SATA DVD-ROM 5/4 4/4
4348-42C 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1.5TB SATA DVD-ROM 5/4 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are available in China only.
2. Comes standard with a keyboard and mouse.
3. Models 22x comes installed with 1x512MB memory.
Model 42x comes installed with 1x1GB memory.
4. Standard power supply is 310w.
5. Slots available are one PCI-E x8 full length, one PCI-E x8
(x4 elect) half length, and two PCI 32/33.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
- 41Y2726 - 512MB (1x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Simply-Swap HDDs
- 39M4504 - 160GB SATA SS 3.0Gbps Option - - -
- 39M4508 - 250GB 7200-rpm Simple-swap SATA II HDD - - -
- 39M4514 - 500GB 7200 RPM 3.0 GB/sec SATA II HDD Simple-Swap - - -
- 43W7572 - 750GB SS SATA HDD Option - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
- - - - - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
- - - - - - - - -
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
- - - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power1
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
- 2130R4X - IBM UPS 1000T HV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Part Feature Description1 Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosure
Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/ Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
date5 FSB processors (std/ supply (power, Mgmt
speed (std/ max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor4
(GHz/ max) (std/ fans,
MHz)- max) memory)
cache
(Line cord)3
4367-22Y Mar 31, Core 2 Duo 1/1 512MB/ Tower 1/1 - -
2009 Intel E4600 8GB LC
(2.4GHz/
800MHz FSB,
2MB DC)
4367-32Y Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/ Tower 1/1 - -
Intel Xeon 8GB LC
E3110
(3.0GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB DC)
4367-34Y Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/ Tower 1/1 H -
Intel Xeon 8GB LC
E3110
(3.0GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB DC)
4367-42Y Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/ Tower 1/1 H -
Intel Xeon 8GB LC
X3320
(2.5GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB QC)
4367-52Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/ Tower 1/1 H -
2009 Intel Xeon 8GB LC
X3350
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB QC)
4367-54Y Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/ Tower 2/2 PH -
Intel Xeon 8GB LC
X3350
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB QC)
4367-72Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/ Tower 1/1 H -
2009 Intel Xeon 8GB LC
X3360
(2.83GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB QC)
4367-74Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/ Tower 2/2 PH -
2009 Intel Xeon 8GB LC
X3360
(2.83GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB QC)
Part Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal Optical Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1 date5 ethernet controller interface HDD drive avail) avail)
storage
(std/max)
4367-22Y Mar 31, 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-32Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-34Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-42Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-52Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-54Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-72Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-74Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-E1Y2 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 13
4367-B2Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-C2Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-76Y 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-84Y 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4367-E2Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-22Y Mar 31, 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-32Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-34Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-42Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-52Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-54Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-72Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-74Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
2009 SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-E1Y2 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/4TB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-E2Y2 1GB SAS Hot-swap 160GB/4TB Half-High 7/5 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-B2Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-C2Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-76Y 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-84Y 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB Half-High 7/6 4/4
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-E3Y 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High 7/6 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
4368-E4Y 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 73GB/584GB Half-High 7/5 5/5
SATA DVD-
ROM
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-
specific designator.
2. Express model.
3. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
4. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0
5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 14
Partner Inventory may be available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
44E7584 - 3091 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) 32Y, 34Y,
4368-E1Y
44E7585 - 3092 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) 42Y
44E7586 - 3093 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 52Y, 54Y,
4368-E2Y
44E7587 - 3094 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 72Y, 74Y,
76Y
44E7640 - 3667 Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) 22Y, 4367-
E1Y
46D1466 - 6960 Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/800MHz FSB, 512K L2) -
46D1467 - 6961 Core 2 Duo Intel E2200 (2.2GHz/800MHz FSB, 1MB DC) B2Y, 4367-
E2Y
46D1468 - 6962 Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) C2Y, 4368-
E3Y
46D1469 - 6963 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) -
46D1470 - 6964 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 84Y, 4368-
E4Y
46D1570 - 6980 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3120 (3.16GHz, 1333MHz, 6MB, 65W) -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
46C7424 - 3961 1GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7425 - 3962 2GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7441 - 3968 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
- 46C7428 - 2GB (2x1GB kit) 1GBIT DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM
- 46C7429 - 4GB (2x2GB kit) 2Rx8 1GBIT DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM
- 46C7443 - 1GB (2x512MB kit) (512Mbit) DDR2-800 PC2-6400 6-6-6 ECC UDIMM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Height Bays supported Max qty
number codes
Diskette
25R8812 - 5305 Floppy Disk Drive Kit - 3 1
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 4
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 4 - 112 8
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 4 - 112 8
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 4 - 112 8
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 4
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 4 - 112 8
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 4 - 112 8
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical drives
43W8264 - 4154 Half-High SATA DVD-ROM SL 1, 2 2
43W8265 - 4155 Half-High SATA Multi-Burner SL 1, 2 2
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single - - -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual - - -
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single - - -
Controller
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual - - -
Controller
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single - - -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller - - -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E 1 N 1
x8
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1,2 N 1
for IBM System x x4
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1,2 N 1
for IBM System x x4
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServerRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller1 x8
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
x1
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller x8
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X Half PCI-X 3 N 1
HBA for IBM System x
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA Half PCI-X 3 N 1
for IBM System x
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
HBA for IBM System x x4
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
for IBM System x x4
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 N 1
IBM System x x8
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 N 1
IBM System x x8
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 N 1
IBM System x x8
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 N 1
IBM System x x8
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller Kit
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller1 x8
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery2 - - - - -
43W4302 43W4299 5700 ServeRAID-MR10i battery - - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Half PCI-E x8 1 N 1
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 Y 1
IBM System x x8
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1 Y 1
IBM System x x8
Networking
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 3 N 1
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 3 N 1
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
Ethernet Adapter- PCIe x4
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
Adapter by Intel
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
for IBM System x
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 21
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half - - N 1
Slimline
Notes:
1. Supported on Hot Swap models only
2. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-
MR10i SAS/SATA Controller
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 2 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-X PCI-X 1.0a 3.3 66/133 MHz 64 bit N Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models)
- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS1000TLV
- 2130R4X - IBM UPS1000THV
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS1500TLV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS1500THV
- 2130R8X - IBM UPS 1000T JV
- 2130R9X - IBM UPS 1500T JV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Associated Options
- - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature tape options Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number codes supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 2 SCSI 89mm -
(5.25in)HH
39M5624 - 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up 2 SCSI 89mm -
(5.25in)HH
39M5664 - 5385 DLT V4 Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm -
(5.25in)HH
43W8474 - 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2 SATA 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 2 USB 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
43W8477 - 4861 IBM GoVault 120GB Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5361 - 5701 LTO Gen 4 Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen 6 (80/160GB) Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 2 USB 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
speed processors max) quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor3
(GHz/MHz)- (std/max) max) HDD, fans,
cache memory)
(Line cord)2
9234-CNY Core 2 Duo Intel 1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - N
E7200 LC
(2.53GHz/1066MHz
FSB, 3MB DC)
9234-DNY Quad-Core Intel 1/1 4GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - N
Xeon X3330 LC
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB QC)
Part Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal Optical Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1 ethernet controller interface HDD drive avail) avail)
storage
(std/max)
9234-CNY 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 750GB/3TB N/A 6/4 4/3
9234-DNY 1GB SATA Simple-Swap 1.5TB/3TB N/A 6/4 4/3
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 9234-CNY is 9234-CNU. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-
specific designator.
2. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
3. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
46D1468 - 6962 Core 2 Duo Intel E7200 (2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB, 3MB DC) CNY
46D1469 - 6963 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) DNY
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
46C7424 - 3961 1GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7425 - 3962 2GB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Height Bays supported Max qty
number codes
Diskette
- - - - - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4509 - 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 3,4,5,6 4
39M4515 - 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 3,4,5,6 4
Removable HDDs
46M6522 - 5593 1TB HDD Removable HDD Kit SL 2 1
46M6523 - 5594 500GB HDD Removable HDD Kit SL 2 1
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
Optical drives
- - - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
39Y6129 - 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Half PCI-E x4 1 N 1
Adapter by Intel
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 2 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-X PCI-X 1.0a 3.3 66/133 MHz 64 bit N Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- - - -
Associated Options
- - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature tape options Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number codes supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
Tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape autoloaders
- - - - - - - -
External tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
date5 speed (GHz/ processors (std/ supply (power, Mgmt
MHz)- cache (std/max) max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor4
(std/ fans,
max) memory)
(Line cord)3
4190-15Y Single-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
Intel Celeron LC
440 (2.0GHz/
800MHz FSB,
512K L2)
4190-22Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
2009 Intel Core 2 LC
Duo E4600
(2.4GHz/
800MHz FSB,
2MB L2)
4190-52Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
E3110
(3.00GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB L2)
4190-62Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
X3320
(2.50GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB L2)
4190-64Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
X3320
(2.50GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB L2)
4190-66Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
X3320
(2.50GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
6MB L2)
4190-72Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
X3350
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB L2)
4190-74Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
X3350
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz FSB,
12MB L2)
Part number1 Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
date5 ethernet controller interface2 storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
4190-15Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
Combo
4190-22Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4190-52Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
2009 Combo
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
43W5066 - 2844 Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/800MHz FSB, 512K L2) 15Y
44R5766 - 3650 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.00GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) 52Y
44R5767 - 3651 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) 62Y, 64Y, 66Y
44R5768 - 3652 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) 72Y, 74Y
44R5769 - 3653 Dual-Core Intel Core 2 Duo E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB L2) 22Y
44X1886 - 3635 Dual-Core Intel Pentium E2200 ( 2.2GHz/800MHz FSB,1MB L2) B2Y
46M0334 - 6965 Dual-Core Intel Pentium E7200 ( 2.53GHz/1066MHz FSB,3MB L2) C2Y
46M0335 - 6966 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) 42Y
46M0336 - 6967 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) D2Y, D4Y, D6Y
46M0337 - 6968 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) 82Y , 84Y
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards
Memory DIMMs
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
46C7441 - 3968 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7424 - 3961 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7425 - 3962 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
- 46C7428 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
- 46C7429 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
- 46C7443 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Height Bays supported Max qty
number codes
Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 0...1 2
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0...3 4
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 2
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0...3 4
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0...3 4
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical Devices
43W8262 - 4156 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo US 4 or 2 1
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner US 4 or 2 1
44W3252 - 4162 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM US 4 or 2 1
Combo
44W3253 - 4163 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner US 4 or 2 1
External Storage Expansion Unit Form
Factor
- 17011RL - IBM TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller LC -
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual -
Controller
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServerRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller 1
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half x8 PCIe 1 N 1
Controller
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E Half PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
HBA for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA - - - -
Controller Kit
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E x8 1 N 1
Controller1
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i LI-Ion Battery2 Half PCI-E x8 1 N -
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E x8 1,2 N 2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x x8
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x x8
- 43W4324 - IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller - - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller
43W4302 43W4299 5700 ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - - -
Networking
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N 2
IBM System x
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y 2
Ethernet Adapter - PCIe
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y 2
Adapter by Intel
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N 2
Adapter
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N 2
Systems Management
42C4178 39Y9566 1607 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half - RSA slot N 1
Slimline
Notes:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 46
1. The ServeRAID MR10i and MR10is controllers are only supported on Hot Swap models with
2.5 drive bays.
2. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-
MR10i SAS/SATA Controller
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency Data path Active PCI Slot length
MHz
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E 0 3.3 x8 - N 3/4
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E Port 1 3.3 x8 - N Half
RSA BTB - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Racks
- 14104RX - IBM Linux Cluster Rack
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 172317X - 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit
- 172319X - 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Expansion Rack Cabinet
Console Connectivity
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17353LX - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
Monitors
- 4942* - IBM T115 15 TFT Monitor
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT Monitor
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT Monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
42C1473 40K5372 8693 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 48
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Notes:
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature tape options Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape - - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - 8767HHX
- 43W8480 - IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive - - - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
External Tape Libraries
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Associated tape options
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/ Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
date4 FSB speed processors (std/ supply (power, Mgmt
(GHz/ (std/ max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor3
MHz)- cache max) (std/ fans,
max) memory)
(Line cord)3
4192-32Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
3065
(2.33GHz/
1333MHz-4MB)
4192-42Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
3075
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz-4MB)
4192-44Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
3075
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz-4MB)
4192-52Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E3110
(3.0GHz/
1333MHz-6MB)
4192-62Y Mar 31, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
X3320
(2.5GHz/
1333MHz-6MB)
4192-72Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
X3350
(2.66GHz/
1333MHz-
12MB)
4192-82Y Jan 2, Quad-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
X3360
(2.83GHz/
1333MHz-
12MB)
4192-E1Y Jan 16. Dual-Core 1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
3065
(2.33GHz/
1333MHz-4MB)
Part number1 Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
date4 ethernet controller interface2 storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
4192-32Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-42Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-44Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-52Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-62Y Mar 31, Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-72Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-82Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-E1Y Jan 16. Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
4192-E2Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/5 2/2
Combo
4192-E3Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
Combo
4192-B2Y Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
Combo
4192-B4Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 2/3 2/2
Combo
4192-D2Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 4/5 2/2
Combo
4192-84Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 4/5 2/2
Combo
4192-92Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 4/5 2/2
Combo
4193-32Y Jan 2, Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD 3/3 2/2
2009 Combo
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
43W4923 - 2839 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/1333MHz-4MB) 32Y,
4192-E1Y
43W4924 - 2840 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-4MB) 42Y, 44Y
44X0200 - 3087 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz-6MB) 52Y
44X0201 - 3088 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz-6MB) 62Y, E2Y
44X0202 - 3089 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-12MB) 72Y
44X0203 - 3090 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz-12MB) 82Y,
4193-E1Y, 84Y
46C6448 - 6970 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3120 (3.16GHz/1333MHz-6MB) B2Y, B4Y
46C6449 - 6971 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3330 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) D2Y
46C6451 - 6973 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3370 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 92Y
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
46C7424 - 3961 1G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7425 - 3962 2G DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
46C7441 - 3968 512MB DDR2 800 SDRAM UDIMM Memory
- 46C7428 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
- 46C7429 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
- 46C7443 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-6400 CL6 ECC DDR2 800MHz DIMM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Height Bays supported Max qty
number codes
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServerRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1, 22 N 1
Controller1,5
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half x8 PCI-E 1, 22 N 1
Controller
- 42C2069 - Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E - - - - -
HBA for IBM System x
- 42C2071 - Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA - - - - -
for IBM System x
- 25R8060 - IBM SAS HBA Controller - - - - -
- 43W4324 - IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller - - - - -
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller Kit
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half x8 PCI-E 12 N 1
Controller
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery4 - - - - -
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
IBM System x
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller
- 44E8822 - ServeRAID Remote Battery Mount - - - - -
and Cable Kit
43W4302 43W4299 5700 ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - - -
Networking
- 42C1750 - PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter by Intel - - - - -
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y 2
Ethernet Adapter - PCIe
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y 2
Adapter by Intel
- 39Y6136 - PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N -
Adapter by Intel
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-e x4 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-e x4 1, 2 N 2
IBM System x
- 42C1790 - NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber Half PCI-e x8 1,2 N 2
SR Adapter
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 65
Systems Management
42C4178 39Y9566 1607 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half - RSA Slot N 1
Slimline
Notes:
1. Supported on Hot Swap models only.
2. For an adapter in slot 1, battery cannot be mounted on the card, but must be remotely
mounted using remote battery cable that comes with the adapter or battery option.
3. Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed
memory.
4. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-
MR10i SAS/SATA Controller
5. Not supported with 3.5" hard drives.
Slot1 Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency Data path Active PCI Slot length
MHz
PCI Slot 12 PCI-E - - x8 - - HL / FH
PCI Slot 23 PCI-E - - x8 - - HL / FH
Notes:
1. An additional dedicated RSA slot is available for the Remote
Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Refresh 1 option.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43V7410 - 1989 Power supply 450W
43V7427 43V7477 1990 x3350 Redundant Power Supply 450W (Worldwide)
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+2
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)3
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P
- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU2
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P4
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module
- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models)
- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS 3000 LV 21302RX
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
- 40K9620 - IBM UPS 3000 EBM
Notes:
1. The power supply ships with a Y-cable which replaces the
system's standard power cable. When used in conjunction with
multiple 4192s or 4193s, the Y-cable is designed to be split
between two 4192s or 4193s. Therefore, the number of PDU
outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy
is provided.
2. Ships without a line cord.
3. Line cord is attached.
4. Ships with a US line cord.
Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.
Racks
- 14104RX - IBM Linux Cluster Rack
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 172317X - 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit
- 172319X - 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
Monitors
- 4942* - IBM T115 15 TFT LCD
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT LCD
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
42C1473 40K5372 8693 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Notes:
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature tape options Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape - - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - 8767HHX
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
External tape enclosures4,5
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
External tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/ - - - -
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 - - - -
Modular Tape Library (all models)
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape - - - -
Library (all models)
Associated tape options
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Simple System
date2 speed (GHz/ processors (std/ supply Swap Mgmt
MHz)- cache (std/ max) quantity (power, Processor5
max) (std/ slots, HDD,
max) fans,
memory)
(Line cord)4
7973-12Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7973-42Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7973-52Y Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7973-62Y Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2
Cache)
7973-A2Y - Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
7973-B2Y Apr 4 Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
7973-C2Y Apr 4 Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
7973-D2Y - Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 75
7973-E1Y - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
7973-E3Y - Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
7973-E4Y Dual-Core 1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7973-F2Y Apr 4 Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
7973-J2Y - Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
7973-L2Y - Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
7973-2BY - Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/
1066MHz 6MB
L2 65W)
7973-E5Y - Dual-Core 1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/
1066MHz 6MB
L2 65W)
7974-12Y Jun 29 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7974-42Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7974-52Y Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
2007 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7974-62Y Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/13 F Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2
Cache)
Part number1 Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal Internal Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
date2 ethernet controller HDD HDD storage avail) avail)
interface (std/max)
7973-12Y Jun 29 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-42Y Jan 2, 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2009 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-52Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-62Y Aug 31 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-A2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-B2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-C2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-D2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-E1Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 77
7973-E3Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-E4Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-F2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-J2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-L2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7973-2BY - 1GB SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ DVD ROM 7/7 6/6
2000GB
7973-E5Y 1GB SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ PATA Combo 7/4 6/6
2000GB
7974-12Y Jun 29 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-42Y Jan 2, 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2009 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-52Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-62Y Sept 28 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-A2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-B2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-C2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-D2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-F2Y Apr 4 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
2007 Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-J2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-L2Y - 1GB SATA Simple 0GB/ 48X-20X 7/7 6/6
Swap 2000GB CD-ROM
7974-2BY - 1GB SATA Simple Swap 0GB/ DVD ROM 7/7 6/6
2000GB
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7973-42Y is 7973-42U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geogra-ies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. This model ships wth a single, 670w universal, autoswitching
power supply.
4. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
5. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) /
IPMI 2.0 H8S2166 / on planar
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
41Y4257 - 1296 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 42Y, E4Y,
41Y4258 - 1297 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 52Y
41Y4259 - 1298 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 62Y, E3Y,
41Y4404 - 2874 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) B2Y
41Y4405 - 2875 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C2Y
43W5177 - 2894 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) F2Y
44R5612 - 3078 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y
44R5613 - 3079 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) D2Y, E1Y
44R5614 - 3080 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) J2Y
44R5615 - 3081 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) L2Y
46C7728 - 6981 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205(1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) 2BY, 7973-
E5Y
Additional processors1
41Y4263 - 1380 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4264 - 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4265 - 1382 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
43W5783 - 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5785 - 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5818 - 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5132 44E5134 3393 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205(1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) -
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs1
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 46C7418 - 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7419 - 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7420 - 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes:
1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drives
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SAS Simple-Swap HDDs
- 40K1049 - 73GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) - - -
- 40K1050 - 146GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) - - -
- 43X0814 - 300GB SAS 15K Simple Swap - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
- 41Y8218 - Express 500GB SimpleSwap SATA II - - -
- 41Y8222 - Express 750GB SimpleSwap SATA II - - -
- 43W7572 - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -
- 43W7594 - Express 250GB Simple-Swap SATA II - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- 40K1043 - 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 40K1044 - 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
Optical devices
22P1999 - 4149 IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE Drive HH 1...2 2
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers1
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 Y 2
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS - - Dedicated - 1
Controller1 connector
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS - - Dedicated - 1
Controller1 connector
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Half PCI-E 1...3 N 3
Controller
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port Half 64-bit/ 4...5 N 2
PCI-X HBA for IBM System 133MHz
x
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port Half 64-bit/ 4...5 N 2
PCI-X HBA for IBM System 133MHz
x
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
HBA for IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
HBA for IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
HBA for IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
HBA for IBM System x
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/ Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
SATA Controller
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E (x8) 23 N 2
Controller v2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single- Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 Y 2
port HBA for IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 Y 2
HBA for IBM System x
- 43W4296 - ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/ - - - - -
SATA Controller
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/ - - - - -
SATA Controller
External Disk Systems
and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3200
- 172622X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3200
- 172631X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3300 iSCSI Single
Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3300 iSCSI Dual
Controller Model
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 83
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller - - - - -
DS3400
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller - - - - -
DS3400
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 - - - - -
1750 model 511
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- 18128Vx - IBM System Storage - - - - -
EXP420 Storage Expansion
Unit (all models)
- 39M5894 - DS4000 FC 4Gbps - PCI-X - - - - -
Single Port HBA
- 39M5895 - DS4000 FC 4Gbps - PCI-X - - - - -
Dual Port HBA
Networking
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Half 32/64 bit 4....6 Y 3
Adapter
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Half 32/64 bit 4....6 Y 3
Adapter
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Half 32/64 bit 4....6 Y 3
Server Adapter by Intel-
PCI-X
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Half 32/64 bit 4....5 Y 2
Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1 Y 1
Server Adapter5
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 N 3
Adapter5
42C1763 - 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Half PCI-E (x8) 2, 3 N 2
Server Adapter6
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 Y 3
Express G Ethernet
Adapter - PCIe
- 39Y6126 - PRO/1000 PT IOAT Dual - - - - -
Port Server Adapter by
Intel PCIe
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
Express Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N 2
Express Fiber SR Adapter
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor - - RSA Socket - 1
Adapter II Slimline
Note:
1. All x3400 (7975, 7976) models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l
which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5, or 6, replace
ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, P/N 25R8064.
2. x3400 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000
support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first
read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
4. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache on
ServeRAID-8s.
5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Slot Type Frequency MHz Slot Length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x 4 - Half
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x 8 - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x 8 - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133 Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133 Full
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 84
PCI Slot 6 PCI-32-bit/33Mhz 33 Half
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord1
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord1
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS1000TLV
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS 1500T LV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
- 2130R9X - IBM UPS 1500T JV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Note:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO 3 SAS 89mm (5.25in) -
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive HH
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 Must be inserted - - -
(36/72GB) Tape in system
Media package as
individual
cartridges.
43W8477 - 4861 IBM GoVault 120GB Must be inserted - - -
Cartridge in system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5361 - 5701 LTO Gen 4 Tape Must be inserted - - -
Media in system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen 6 Must be inserted - - -
(80/160GB) Tape in system
Media package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal 23 USB 89mm (5.25in) -
USB Dock HH
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Must be inserted - - -
Cartridge in system
package as
individual
cartridges.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot Swap System
date2 speed (GHz/ processors (std/max) supply (power, Mgmt
MHz)- cache (std/max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor7
(std/max) fans,
memory)
(Line cord)6
7975-14Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/14 HF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7975-16Y - Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/25 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7975-42Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/14 HF Y
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7975-4AY Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/25 PHF Y
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7975-52Y Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/14 HF Y
2008 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7975-5AY Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/25 PHF Y
2008 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7975-62Y Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/14 HF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
7975-6AY Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/25 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
Part number1 Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
dates2 ethernet controller HDD storage (std/ avail) avail)3
interface max)3
7975-14Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-16Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-42Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2009 CD-ROM
7975-4AY Jan 2, 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2009 CD-ROM
7975-52Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-5AY Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-62Y Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-6AY Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-A2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-ABY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-B2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-B4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-C2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-C4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-D2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-DBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-E2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 73GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-E6Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-ECY Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-F2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-F4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7975-J2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-JBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-L2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-LBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7975-2BY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6
7975-2CY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6
7976-14Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-16Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-42Y Jan 2, 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2009 CD-ROM
7976-4AY Jan 2, 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2009 CD-ROM
7976-52Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 97
7976-5AY Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-62Y Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-6AY Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-A2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-ABY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-B2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-B4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-C2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-C4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-D2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-DBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-E5Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 73GB/4000GB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-E4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-E6Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-EBY Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-F2Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-F4Y Apr 4 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
2008 CD-ROM
7976-J2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-JBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-L2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-LBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB 48X-20X 11/10 6/6
CD-ROM
7976-2BY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6
7976-2CY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8TB DVD ROM 11/10 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7975-42Y is 7975-42U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the
country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. To achieve maximum capacity, the Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac
HDD option upgrade kit (option 39Y8406) must be installed
4. This model includes one fixed 670W power supply.
5. This model includes 1 hot swap 835W power supply, a second
power supply ( Option 39Y8487, IBM xSeries Redundant Power and
Cooling Option) can be added for redundancy.
6. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
7. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) /
IPMI 2.0 H8S2166 / on planar
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards
- - - -
Memory DIMMs1
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz
- 46C7418 - 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7419 - 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7420 - 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes:
1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers1
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 - - Dedicated 1
connector
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller - - Dedicated 1
connector
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1...3 3
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X Half 64- 4...5 2
HBA for IBM System x bit/133MHz
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA Half 64- 4...5 2
for IBM System x bit/133MHz
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
HBA for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
for IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 2
IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 2
IBM System x
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port Half 64- 4...5 2
HBA bit/133MHz
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half 64- 4...5 2
bit/133MHz
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 3
for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 3
for IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 2
IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 2
System x
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E (x8) All FH slots 1
Controller
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E (x8) All FH slots 1
Controller
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half PCI-E (x8) 1...6 2
Controller
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion battery7 - - - -
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Half PCI-E (x8) 2.3 2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 2....3 2
IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E 2....3 2
IBM System x
- 43W4299 - ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - -
Controller
Networking
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 4...6 3
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 4....6 3
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Half 32/64 bit 4 ... 6 3
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
39Y8326 39Y8487 0942 x3400/x3500 Redundant Power and Cooling Option
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord1
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord1
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS1000TLV
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS 1500T LV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
- 2130R9X - IBM UPS 1500T JV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Note:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.
SBB Option Feature Description
number number codes
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature Tape drive1 Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosures
39M5624 - 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up 2..3 Ultra160(16- Internal HH 8767HHX
bit) 89mm 87651UX
(5.25in)
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape 2...3 USB Internal HH -
Drive 89mm
(5.25in)
42C3932 - 5365 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 2 and 3 Ultra 320 133mm 8768HHX
Internal Back -Up (16-bit) (5.25in) FH
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 3 Ultra 320 Internal HH 8767HHX
(16-bit) 89mm 87651UX
(5.25in)
- 3580-L33/L3H - IBM TotalStorage Ultrium3 3580 - Ultra160 Standalone or -
model L33/L3H Tape Drive SCSI LVD Rack Mount2
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape 3 SAS 89mm -
Drive (5.25in) HH
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
43W8474 - 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape 3 SAS 89mm -
Drive (5.25in) HH
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen-5 Data Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
43W8477 - 4861 120GB Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5361 - 5701 LTO Gen-4 Data Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen-6 Data Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 23 USB 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
date2 speed processors (std/ supply (power, Mgmt
(GHz/MHz) (std/ max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor4
cache max) (std/ fans,
max) memory)
(Line cord)3
7948-22X Oct 31 Dual Core 2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2008 Intel Xeon -
Proc X5272
(3.4GHz
1600MHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7948-2BX Jan 2, Dual Core 2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2009 Intel Xeon -
Proc X5272
(3.4GHz
1600MHz 6MB
L2 80w)
79482CX Dual Core 2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
Intel Xeon -
Proc X5272
(3.4GHz
1600MHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7948-32X Oct 31 Quad Core 2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2008 Intel Xeon -
Proc E5462
(2.8GHz
1600MHz
12MB L2 80w)
7948-3BX Feb 27 Quad Core 2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2009 Intel Xeon -
Proc E5462
(2.8GHz
1600MHz
12MB L2 80w)
79483CX Quad Core 2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
Intel Xeon -
Proc E5462
(2.8GHz
1600MHz
12MB L2 80w)
7948-42X Oct 31 Quad Core 2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2008 Intel Xeon -
Proc X5472
(3.0GHz
1600MHz
12MB L2
120w)
7948-4BX Jan 2, Quad Core 2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
2009 Intel Xeon -
Proc X5472
(3.0GHz
1600MHz
12MB L2
120w)
Part Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal Optical Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1 date2 ethernet controller interface HDD drive avail) avail)
storage
(std/max)
7948-22X Oct 31 Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non- 0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
2008 Hotswap
7948-2BX Jan 2, Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non- 0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
2009 Hotswap
79482CX Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non- 0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
Hotswap
7948-32X Oct 31 Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non- 0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
2008 Hotswap
7948-3BX Feb 27 Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non- 0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
2009 Hotswap
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards
- - - -
Memory DIMMs
- 46C7571 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-6400 CL5 ECC DDR2 Low Power FBD 800MHz
- 46C7572 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-6400 CL5 ECC DDR2 Low Power FBD 800MHz
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drive
- - - - - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
- 39M4508 - 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -
- 39M4514 - 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -
- 43W7572 - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot Height
PCI Slot 1 PCIe x16 Gen2 slot (Full height) - - - - No Full Height
Disc Controller ESB2-E (3Gb/s SATA) - - - - - -
Ethernet ESB2-E (Dual GbE) - - - - - -
Controller
Video Controller ATI* ES1000 video controller with - - - - - -
32MB DDR SDRAM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- - - -
Racks
- 172317X - 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit
- 172319X - 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Tape drives
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ Number of Memory Form Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
MHz)- cache processors (std/max) factor quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor
(std/max) max) HDD, fans,
memory)
(Line cord)3
7940-32Y Quad Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2 GB/ Rack 1/1 - Y
Processor Model 2352 48 GB (1U) LC
(2.1GHz 115W)
7940-52Y Quad Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2 GB/ Rack 1/1 - Y
Processor Model 2356 48 GB (1U) LC
(2.3GHz 115W)
Part number1 Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
ethernet controller interface storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
7940-32Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2
7940-52Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2
7940-62Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 7940-32Y is 7940-32U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the
same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
4. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) / H82166 / IPMI 2.0
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs1
- 41Y2759 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP
RDIMM
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 46C7539 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM
- 46C7538 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM
46C7534 - 3977 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
46C7535 - 3978 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
46C7521 - 3976 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM
Notes:
1. DIMMs are installed in pairs. See the 'DIMM Population Sequence'
table below for the correct placement of DIMMs when two processors
are utilized.
Number of DIMMs DIMM connector population with one DIMM connector population with two
installed microprocessor installed microprocessors installed
2 1, 2 1, 2
4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 7, 8
6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
8 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10
10 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
12 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SAS HDDs
40K1196 40K1049 5504 73GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1197 40K1050 5505 146GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
- 43X0814 - 300GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS - - -
SATA HDDs
39M4535 39M4504 5294 160GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4537 39M4508 5295 250GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4599 39M4514 5180 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
43W7588 43W7572 5541 750GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
Optical drives
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Ultra-Slim 3 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 3 1
External Disk Systems and Options Form
Factor
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller -
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
External Storage Expansion Units Form
Factor
- 17401xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion -
Unit (all models)
- 17407xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage -
Expansion Unit (all models)
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion -
Unit (all models)
- 2107-92E/9AE - IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 -
model 92E/9AE
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature codes Description Adapter length PCI Slots Hot- Max Adapter
number number support supported Plug qty height
capable
Storage Controllers and Options
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA half x8 1, 2 N 2 Half
Controller PCI-E Height
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single- half x8 1, 2 N 2 Low
Port PCIe HBA for PCI-E Profile
IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual- half x8 1, 2 N 2 Low
Port PCIe HBA for PCI-E Profile
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single- half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 Low
port HBA for IBM Profile
System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual- half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 Low
port HBA for IBM Profile
System x
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC half x8 1, 2 N 2 Low
Single-Port PCI-E PCI-E Profile
HBA for IBM System
x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual- half x8 1, 2 N 2 Low
Port PCI-E HBA for PCI-E Profile
IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 Low
Single-port HBA for Profile
IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual- half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 Low
port HBA for IBM Profile
System x
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI half x1 1, 2 N 2 Full
PCIe Controller PCI-E Height
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 Half
Controller v2 Height
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 low profile
Single-port HBA for
IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual- half PCI-E 1,2 N 2 low profile
port HBA for IBM
System x
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M - - - - - -
SAS/SATA Controller
External Disk Systems and Options
- 17421xx - IBM TotalStorage - - - - - -
DS4400 Midrange
Disk System (all
models)
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage - - - - - -
DS4200 Midrange
Disk System (all
models)
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage - - - - - -
DS8100 2107 (all
models)
Slot/ Type Bus Voltage Frequency Data Active PCI? Slot Scan Device #
Device (V) MHz Path (Hotswap) length sequence
PCI PCI-E x16 Full - - - - Full - -
Slot 1
PCI PCI-E x8 or HTX depending on Half - - - - Half - -
Slot 2 which riser card is installed
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Tape drives
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 43W8480 - IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive - - - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle USB
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle USB
- - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- 87664NX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HNX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape - - - -
Enclosure
- 8768FNX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape - - - -
Enclosure
Tape library
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/ - - - -
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 - - - -
Modular Tape Library (all models)
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape - - - -
Library (all models)
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot Swap System
date2 speed (GHz/ processors (std/max) supply (power, Mgmt
MHz)- cache (std/max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor4
(std/ fans,
max) memory)
(Line cord)3
7977-12Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7977-22Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5060 (3.2GHz
1067MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
7977-42Y Jan 2, Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
2009 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7977-52Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7977-62Y Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
2008 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
7977-72Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5140
(2.33GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7977-82Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5150
(2.66GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7977-92Y Apr 4 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
2008 Intel Xeon LC
Processor
5160 (3.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
Part number1 Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal Internal Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
date2 ethernet controller HDD HDD storage avail) avail)
interface (std/max)
7977-12Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/8000GB DVD-ROM 11/10 6/6
(16X)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor1
41Y4257 - 1296 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 42Y, E1Y
41Y4258 - 1297 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 52Y
41Y4259 - 1298 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 62Y
41Y4260 40K1234 1299 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 72Y, E4Y
41Y4261 - 1300 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 82Y, E5Y
41Y4262 40K1236 1301 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 92Y
41Y4404 - 2874 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) B2Y, E6Y
41Y4405 - 2875 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C2Y
43W5173 - 2893 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) F2Y, EFY
43W5177 - 2894 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) G2Y
43W5178 - 2895 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) H2Y, EGY
44R5612 - 3078 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y
44R5613 - 3079 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) D2Y
44R5614 - 3080 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E7Y, J2Y, EBY
44R5615 - 3081 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E8Y, L2Y
44R5616 - 3082 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E3Y, M2Y
46C1148 - 3604 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W E9Y, R2Y
46C7726 - 6972 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 1333MHz 120w) Q4Y
46C7727 - 6982 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 120W) -
46C7729 - 6983 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) -
Additional processors1
41Y4263 - 1380 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4264 - 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4265 - 1382 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4266 40K1234 1383 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4267 - 1384 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4268 40K1236 1385 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
43W5783 - 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5785 - 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5818 - 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
43W5819 - 3457 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
43W5820 - 3458 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) -
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5624 44R5634 3496 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5440 (2.83GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
- 44R5635 - Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5450 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5120 44E5122 3382 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450(3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) E9Y
44E5056 44E5057 3356 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 1333MHz 120w) -
44E5163 44E5164 3627 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) -
46M1033 46M1034 4438 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 120W) -
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs1,2
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
46C7416 - 3959 2 GB 2Rx8 1GBIT DDR2-667 PC2-5300 555 FBDIMM w/ AMB+
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 46C7418 - 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7419 - 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7420 - 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
Notes:
1. Pairs are not required to match.
2. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types
and sizes on both memory buses. Memory mirroring effectively
reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette drives
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA SL 4...11 8
II
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA SL 4...11 8
II
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA SL 4...11 8
II
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA SL 4...11 8
II
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 4...11 8
- 41Y8226 - Express 500GB HotSwap SATA II - - -
- 41Y8232 - Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II - - -
- 43W7598 - Express 250GB Hot-Swap SATA II - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SL 4...15 12
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SL 4...15 12
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SL 4...15 12
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 8
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF SL 4...15 12
HS HDD
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF SL 4...15 12
HS HDD
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical devices
22P1999 - 4149 IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE HH 1...2 2
Drive
43W8264 - 4154 Half-High SATA DVD-ROM HH 1...2 2
43W8265 - 4155 Half-High SATA Multi-Burner HH 1...2 2
External Storage Expansion Units Form
Factor
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI -
Single Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI -
Dual Controller Model
- 18128Vx - EXP420 Expansion Unit (all models) -
Notes:
1. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4
as standard then Bay 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.
Figure 1. x3500 front view
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers1
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller - - Dedicated - 1
connector
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS - - - - -
Controller
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 Y 2
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port Half 64-bit/ 4...5 Y 2
HBA 133MHz
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port Half 64-bit/ 4...5 Y 2
HBA 133MHz
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X Half 64-bit/ 4...5 N 2
HBA for IBM System x 133MHz
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X Half 64-bit/ 4...5 N 2
HBA for IBM System x 133MHz
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
HBA for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
HBA for IBM System x
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
HBA for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 N 3
HBA for IBM System x
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Half PCI-E 1...3 N 3
Controller
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 N 2
for IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 N 2
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 N 2
for IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 N 2
IBM System x
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half PCI-E (x8) 1...6 N 1
Controller
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 N 1
Controller
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/ Half PCI-E (x8) 2....3 N 1
SATA Controller
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery7 - - - - -
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Half PCI-E (x8) 2.3 N 2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA Half PCI-E 2....3 Y 2
for IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA Half PCI-E 2....3 Y 2
for IBM System x
- 43W4299 - ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller
External Disk Systems and
Options
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gbps PCI-X Single Half 64-bit/ 4...5 Y 2
Port HBA 133MHz
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x 4 - - - - - Half
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x 8 - - - - - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x 8 - - - - - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-X 64-bit - 3 133 - N Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X 64-bit - 3 133 - N Full
PCI Slot 6 PCI-32-bit - 5 33 - N Half
RSA SL Socket - - - - - - -
ServeRAID - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
39Y8326 39Y8487 0942 x3400/x3500 Redundant Power and Cooling Option
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS1000TLV
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS 1500T LV
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS 1500T LV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature Tape drives Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosures
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape 3 Ultra 320 89mm -
Drive1 (16-bit) (5.25in) HH
39M5624 - 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up1 2, 3 Ultra160 89mm 45594UX
(16-bit) (5.25in) HH
42C3932 - 5365 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 2, 3 Ultra 320 133mm -
Internal Back-Up1 (16-bit) (5.25in) FH
43W8474 - 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and 89mm -
SATA II (5.25in) HH
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape 3 SAS 89mm -
Drive (5.25in) HH
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape 2, 3 USB 89mm -
Drive (5.25in) HH
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape 3 SAS 89mm -
Drive (5.25in) HH
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
43W8477 - 4861 IBM GoVault 120GB Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5361 - 5701 LTO Gen 4 Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen 6 (80/160GB) Tape Media Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 23 USB 89mm -
(5.25in) HH
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge Must be - - -
inserted in
system
package as
individual
cartridges.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot- System
number1 date2 speed processors (std/ supply qty swap Mgmt Proc.7
(GHz/MHz)- (std/max) max) (std/ (power,
cache max) slots, HDD,
fans,
(Line cord)6 memory)
7978-21Y May 30 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PHF -
2008 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7978-22Y May 30 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PF -
2008 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7978-31Y Aug 31 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PHF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7978-32Y Aug 31 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7978-3AY Aug 31 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PHF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
7978-41Y Aug 31 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PHF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2
Cache)
7978-42Y Aug 31 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2
Cache)
7978-45Y Jan 19 Dual-Core 1/2 1GB/ Rack 1/2 PHF -
2007 Intel Xeon 32GB (1U) LC
Processor
5080
(3.73GHz
1066MHz
2x2MB L2)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor1
42C4213 - 1305 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) ALY, 71Y, 7AY
42C4215 - 1306 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
42C4217 - 1307 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY
42C4219 - 1308 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) E4Y, 41Y,
42Y, 4AY
42C4221 - 1309 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 32Y,
3AY
42C4223 - 1310 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 22Y
42D3769 - 2851 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
42D3789 - 2888 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C1Y
42D3791 - 2886 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) ECY, C2Y,
CBY
42D3793 - 2887 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) EAY, A2Y, ANY
42D3795 - 2885 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) C3Y, CCY, EDY
42D3797 - 2884 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz JAY
50w)
42D3870 - 2889 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) A1Y, AMY
43W5906 - 2831 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz JBY
50w)
44E5037 - 3069 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) C4Y, CDY
44E5058 - 3680 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) B1Y, BAY, E5Y
44E5059 - 3681 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5060 - 3682 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) B3Y, BCY, EHY
44E5061 - 3683 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) B4Y, BDY, EJY
44E5062 - 3684 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) B5Y, BEY
44E5064 - 3686 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) B7Y, BGY
44E5116 - 3695 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) B9Y, BJY, E9Y
44E5063 - 3685 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5147 - 3607 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY, M1Y, MAY
44E5146 - 3608 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) L2Y, LBY
44E5159 - 3629 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) -
46M1027 - 6984 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/1333MHz 120W) 82Y/8BY
46M1051 - 6995 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) -
46M1053 - 6996 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W) -
Additional processors1
42C4214 40K1242 1386 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) ALY, 71Y, 7AY
42C4216 - 1387 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
42C4218 - 1388 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY
42C4220 - 1389 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) E4Y, 41Y,
42Y, 4AY
42C4222 - 1390 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 32Y,
3AY
42C4224 - 1391 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 22Y
42D3770 - 1415 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
42D3790 - 1441 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) C1Y
42D3792 - 1439 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) ECY, C2Y,
CBY
42D3794 - 1440 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) EAY, A2Y
42D3796 - 1438 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) C3Y, CCY, EDY
42D3798 - 1437 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w) JAY
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 158
42D3871 - 1442 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) A1Y
43W5907 - 3468 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) JBY
44E5038 - 3483 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) C4Y, CDY
44E5067 44E5074 3369 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) B1Y, BAY
44E5068 44E5075 3370 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5069 44E5076 3371 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) B3Y, BCY, EHY
44E5070 44E5077 3372 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) B4Y, BDY, EJY
44E5071 44E5078 3373 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) B5Y, BEY
44E5073 44E5080 3375 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) B7Y, BGY
44E5119 44E5121 3381 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor x5450 (3.0GHz 12MB 1333MHz B9Y, BJY, E9Y
120W)
44E5072 44E5079 3374 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5136 44E5138 3391 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY, M1Y, MAY
44E5135 44E5137 3392 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) L2Y, LBY
44E5161 44E5162 3626 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) -
46M1030 46M1031 4443 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz/1333MHz 120W) 82Y/8BY
46M1052 46M1068 7754 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) -
46M1054 46M1069 7755 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 -
80W)
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 46C7418 - 2GB (2x1GB) Single Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7419 - 4GB (2x2GB) Dual Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
- 46C7420 - 8GB (2x4GB) Quad Rank PC2-5300 CL5 ECC FBD 667MHz Low Power Memory
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
- 40K6890 - 500GB 7200 RPM HDD Cisco SL 1, 2 2
- 43W7584 - Cisco 750GB 7200RPM HDD SL 1, 2 2
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1, 2 2
- 41Y8208 - Express 160 GB Hot-Swap SATA II - - -
- 41Y8226 - Express 500GB HotSwap SATA II - - -
- 41Y8232 - Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II - - -
- 43W7598 - Express 250GB Hot-Swap SATA II - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
- 41Y8218 - Express 500GB SimpleSwap SATA II - -
- 41Y8222 - Express 750GB SimpleSwap SATA II - -
- 43W7594 - Express 250GB Simple-Swap SATA II - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1...2 2
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1, 2 2
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical devices
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 5 1
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Ultra-Slim 5 1
32R2901 43W8304 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 5 1
Figure 1. System x3550 drive bay designations with 3.5 inch hard disk drives
Figure 2. System x3550 drive bay designations with 2.5 inch hard disk drives
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power1
32R2810 32R2815 1964 x3550 Redundant Power Supply 670W2
- 42D3642 - x3550 DC Redundant Power Supply 670W
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Notes:
1. System x3550 ships with a single 670w hot-swap capable
power supply, and two power cords standard, including one
rack power cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and
one AC line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
2. The power supply ships with a single 2.8m rack power Y-cable
(39M5440) which replaces the system's standard power cable.
When used in conjunction with multiple 7978s, the Y-cable is
designed to be split between 7978s. Therefore, the number of PDU
outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is
provided.
Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature code Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape - - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
- 39M5658 - IBM HH LTO2 Tape Option1 - Ultra160 Internal HH 87651UX
SCSI LVD 89mm
(5.25in)
- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape - - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
- 43W8480 - IBM 36/72GB DDS Gen5 SATA Tape - - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle - USB - -
External tape enclosures2,3
- 45591UX - NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure - Ultra160 1U form -
(16-bit) factor / Rack
- 45594UX - 4U Rackmount SCSI Tape Enclosure - Ultra2 (16- 4U form -
bit) factor / Rack
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack -
Mount
Tape autoloaders3
- - - - - - - -
External tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/ - - - -
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
Associated tape options
- 40K2596 - 3362 Autoloader LTO Generation 3 - Ultra160 - -
SCSI Drive SCSI LVD
- 40K2597 - 3362 Autoloader LTO Magazine - - - -
Notes:
1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this
system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
2. Quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit required
per SCSI tape drive required.
3. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via
39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller . 39R8752 PCI-X U320
storage controller requires 32R2816 PCI-X riser card on this system.
4. This is a GoVault cartridge, only fits inside the 25R0006
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
number1 date2 speed processors (std/ supply (power, Management
(GHz/MHz)- (std/max) max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor.5
cache (std/ fans,
max) memory)
(Line cord)4
7946-12Y - Dual-Core Intel 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Xeon E5502
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache
800MHz FSB
80w)
7946-32Y - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
E5520
(2.26GHz 8MB
L2 Cache
1066MHz FSB
80w)
7946-42Y - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
L5520
(2.26GHz 8MB
L2 Cache
1066MHz FSB
LV 60w)
7946-52Y - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
E5530 (2.4GHz
8MB L2 Cache
1066MHz FSB
80w)
7946-62Y - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
E5540
(2.53GHz 8MB
L2 Cache
1066MHz FSB
80w)
7946-3AY - Quad-Core 1/2 2GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
E5506
(2.13GHz 4MB
L2 Cache
800MHz FSB
80w)
7946-92Y - Quad-Core 1/2 4GB / 128GB Rack (1U) 1/2 P, H, F -
Intel Xeon
X5570
(2.93GHz 8MB
L2 Cache
1333MHz FSB
95w)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor1
44E5177 - 3637 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) 12Y , E1Y
44E5178 - 3638 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) 3AY
44E5179 - 3639 Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB LV 42Y
60w)
44E5180 - 3640 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5530 (2.4GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 52Y, E2Y
44E5181 - 3641 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5550 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) 72Y
44E5182 - 3642 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5560 (2.8GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) E3Y
44E5183 - 3643 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5570 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) 92Y
46M1035 - 6990 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5504 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) -
46M1036 - 6991 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 32Y
46M1037 - 6992 Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB LV -
60w)
46M1038 - 6993 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5540 (2.53GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 62Y
Additional processors1
44E5184 46M1077 0362 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) 12Y , E1Y
44E5185 46M1079 4410 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) 3AY
44E5186 46M1080 4411 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB LV 42Y
60w)
44E5187 46M1083 4412 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5530 (2.4GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 52Y, E2Y
44E5188 46M1085 4413 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5550 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) 72Y
44E5189 46M1086 4414 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5560 (2.8GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) E3Y
44E5190 46M1087 4415 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5570 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) 92Y
46M1039 46M1078 4449 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5504 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) -
46M1040 46M1081 7750 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 32Y
46M1041 46M1082 7751 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB LV 60w) -
46M1042 46M1084 7752 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5540 (2.53GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 62Y
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
44T1470 44T1480 3963 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM
44T1471 44T1481 3964 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM
44T1472 44T1482 3965 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM
44T1473 44T1483 3966 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM
Notes:
Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.
Slots 7, 8, 15, and 16 is not used for memory mirroring.
For non-memory mirroring, DIMMS within a channel are to be
populated starting with the DIMMS farthest from the processor
in a "fill-farthest" approach with the largest memory size DIMM
first and proceeding downwards in DIMM sizes and socket
locations.
Quad Rank DDR3 SDRAM R-DIMMS are not currently supported
Memory subsystem supports three DIMMs per channel for
single-rank and /or dual-rank DIMMs, and two DIMMs per
channel for quad-rank DIMMs. Therefore, there is a 12 DIMM
maximum limitation when quad-rank DIMMs are used.
DIMM population sequence in pair of two DIMMs are shown in the box.
DIMM slot assignment is next to the box.
CH2 is unused in Mirrored Channel mode.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
43W7671 - 5595 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
43W7539 43W7535 5577 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
- 43W7536 - IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
- 43W7545 - IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
HDD
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
HDD
42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
HDD
42D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6 6
HDD
Optical devices
- - - - - - -
Figure 1. System x3550 M2 drive bay designations with 2.5 inch hard disk drives
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43V6909 46M1075 1999 Redundant 675W Power supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P
- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P
- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)
- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)
- 40K9772 - 25 C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
- 40K9620 - IBM UPS3000 EBM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature code Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number supported interface enclosures
Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Tape autoloaders
- - - - - - - -
External tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Note: Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this
system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
speed processors max)2 quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor
(GHz/MHz)- (std/max) max)3 HDD, fans,
cache memory)
7942-22C Intel Xeon 1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
Processor 5110
1.60GHz/1066MHz-
4MB (65w)
7942-24C Dual Core 1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
Intel Xeon
Processor X5205
1.86GHz/1066MHz-
6MB (65w)
7942-42C Quad-Core 1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
Intel Xeon
Processor E5405
2.0GHz/1333MHz-
12MB (80w)
7942-62C Quad-Core 1/2 2GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
Intel Xeon
Processor E5405
2.0GHz/1333MHz-
12MB (80w)
Part Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal Optical Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1 ethernet controller4 interface HDD drive avail) avail)
storage
(std/max)
7942-22C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-24C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-42C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-62C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are available in China only.
2. Models 22x, 24x, and 42x comes installed with 1x1GB
memory. Model 62x comes installed with 2x1GB memory.
3. Standard power supply is 600w. An optional redundant
power supply can by installed.
4. Comes standard with H/W RAID 0,1,1E storage controller.
An optional H/W RAID 5 SAS/SATA storage controller is
available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
- 44X1872 - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 -
- 44X1873 - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 -
- 44X1874 - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 -
Additional processors
- - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs
- 41Y2759 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 LP RDIMM
- 41Y2762 - Express 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 RDIMM
- 41Y2771 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 LP RDIMM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- 39M4526 - 250GB 7200 RPM Hot Swap SATA II HDD - - -
- 39M4530 - 500GB 7200 RPM 3.0 GB/sec Hot-Swap SATA - - -
- 43W7576 - 750GB HS SATA HDD Option - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- 40K1043 - 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 40K1044 - 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 43X0802 - 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
- 44E8767 - ServeRAID-MR10il - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
- 39Y6066 - NetXtreme II 1000 Express Adapter - - - - -
- 39Y6126 - PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter - - - - -
by Intel
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
- - - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power1
- 44X1875 - Redundant Power Supply 600W for x3610
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8959 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with China Power Cord
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Part Feature Description1 Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number number codes supported interface enclosure
Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor1,2
41Y8978 - 1322 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 2AY,
EWY
41Y8979 - 1323 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 3AY,
E1Y
41Y8980 - 1324 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 41Y, 4AY,
NAY, ENY,
EPY, EQY
41Y8981 - 1325 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY,
E2Y, E3Y,
E5Y
41Y8982 - 1326 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
41Y8983 - 1327 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 71Y, 7AY,
7MY
42D3785 - 2853 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
43W5782 - 2897 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz/1066MHz FSB) A1Y
43W5784 - 2898 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/1066MHz FSB) CAY,C1Y,
CMY
43W5826 - 2815 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y, ABY,
EAY, AMY
43W5827 - 2816 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) CBY, ECY
43W5828 - 2817 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) C3Y, CCY,
EDY
43W5911 - 2829 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) JAY
43W5913 - 2830 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) JBY
44E5034 - 3099 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) C4Y,CDY
44E5046 - 3660 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B1Y, BAY,
E4Y, E6Y,
E7Y
44E5047 - 3661 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80W) -
44E5048 - 3662 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B3Y,BCY,
EHY
44E5049 - 3663 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B4Y,BDY,
EJY, EFY
44E5050 - 3664 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B5Y, BEY
44E5051 - 3665 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5052 - 3666 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120w) B7Y, BGY
44E5123 - 3696 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) B9Y, BJY,
E9Y, EVY
44E5141 - 3610 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz/1333MHz 50W) L2Y,LBY
44E5142 - 3609 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY,MAY,
M1Y
44E5165 - 3628 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W) -
46M1032 - 6979 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 12MB L2 120W) 82Y,8BY
46M1059 - 6997 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430(2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) -
46M1061 - 6998 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270 (3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W) -
Additional processors2
41Y4263 - 1380 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 1066MHz FSB 4MB L2 21Y,2AY,
Cache) EWY
41Y4264 - 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y,3AY,
E1Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 207
41Y4265 - 1382 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 1333MHz FSB 4MB L2 41Y,4AY,
Cache) NAY, ENY,
EPY,EQY
41Y4266 40K1234 1383 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache Dual- 51Y, 5AY,
Core Xeon Processor) E2Y, E3Y,
E5Y
41Y4267 - 1384 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y,6AY
41Y4268 40K1236 1385 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache Dual- 71Y,7AY, 7MY
Core Xeon Processor)
42D3786 - 1416 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
43W5783 - 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) A1Y
43W5785 - 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) CAY,C1Y,CMY
43W5818 - 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) A2Y,ABY,
EAY,AMY
43W5819 - 3457 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) CBY, ECY
43W5820 - 3458 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) C3Y,CCY,EDY
43W5912 - 3466 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w) JAY
43W5914 - 3467 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) JBY
44E5035 - 3499 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) C4Y,CDY
44E5056 44E5057 3356 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 1333MHz 120w) B7Y,BGY
44E5120 44E5122 3382 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) B9Y,BJY,
E9Y,EVY
44E5131 44E5133 3394 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz/1333MHz 50W) L2Y,LBY
44E5132 44E5134 3393 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY,MAY,
M1Y
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) B1Y,BAY,
E4Y,E6Y, E7Y
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) B3Y,BCY, EHY
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) B4Y, BDY,
EFY, EJY
44R5624 44R5634 3496 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5440 (2.83GHz 1333MHz 80w) B5Y,BEY
44R5625 44R5635 3497 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5450 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5163 44E5164 3627 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB 1333MHz 80W) -
46M1033 46M1034 4438 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5470 (3.33GHz 1333MHz 120W) 82Y,8BY
46M1060 46M1066 7756 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor LV L5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 50W) -
46M1062 46M1067 7757 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5270(3.5GHz 1333MHz 6MB L2 80W) -
Notes:
1. One dummy CPU heatsink (p/n: 39M6802) is required in
Microprocessor 2 socket (U4) if only one CPU is installed.
2. One additional processor may be installed, providing a
maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type,
speed and cache size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
- 43W7626 - Express 750GB HotSwap SATA II - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical Devices
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - CD Bay 1
32R2901 43W8304 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - CD Bay 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - CD Bay 1
Note:
1. Mixing SAS and SATA hard drives is not allowed or supported.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers1
24P0963 - 1650 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter Half PCI-X 1, 2 Y 2
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller2 Half PCI-E 1...4 Y 2
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 - - Dedicated N 1
connector
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 - - Dedicated N 1
connector
39R8819 - 1685
ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Full PCI-X 1 N 1
Controller (128MB)
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Full PCI-X 1 N 1
Controller (256MB)
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1..4 N 4
System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1..4 N 4
System x
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half x8 PCI-E 1 N 1
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
Controller 11
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA Half PCI-X 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x7
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA Half PCI-X 1, 2 N 2
for IBM System x8
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
for IBM System x9
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
for IBM System x9
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E x8 1 N 1
Controller10
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery16 - - - - -
- 44E8822 - ServeRAID Remote Battery Mount and - - - - -
Cable Kit
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
System x
- 43W4299 - ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA - - - - -
Controller
External Disk Systems and Options
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 212
39R8819 - 1685 IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Full 64-bit/ 1 N 1
Controller (128MB Cache) 133MHz
39R8820 - 1686 IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Full 64-bit/ 1 N 1
Controller (256MB Cache) 133MHz
- 172621X 2620 SAS - SAS Single Controller DS3200 - - - - -
- 172622X 2621 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - - -
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - - -
Single Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - - -
Dual Controller Model
- 172641X 2622 FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - - -
- 172642X 2623 FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 - - - - -
- 17421xx - TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk - - - - -
System (all models)
- 17429xx - TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk - - - - -
system (all models)
- 5198-001 - IBM TotalStorage Enterprise NAS - - - - -
Gateway 500
- 2107-921 - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 model - - - - -
921
- 2107-922/ - IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107 model - - - - -
9A2 922/9A2
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model - - - - -
511
Networking
30R5005 - 1566 IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/ 1,2 Y 2
133MHz
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64-bit/ 1,2 N 2
133MHz
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 64-bit/ 1,2 N 2
133MHz
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
Adapter
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet Half 64-bit/ 1,2 N 2
Adapter 133MHz
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 Y 4
by Intel
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
Adapter12
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
IBM System x
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter12 Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
42C1763 - 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter13 Half PCI-E 8x 1...4 N 4
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
IBM System x
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
Ethernet Adapter
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Half PCI-E 8x 1...4 N 4
Adapter
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter Half 64-bit/ 1,2 N 2
by Intel- PCI-X 133MHz
73P5205 - 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Half 64-bit/ 1,2 N 2
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X 133MHz
Systems Management
39R9504 39Y9566 1606 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Half - RSA Socket N 1
Other I/O
40K0028 40K1907 4334 PCI Express Riser Card x365010,12 - - - - -
40K0032 40K1908 4316 PCI-X Riser Card x365014,15 - - - - -
Notes:
1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which
offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade replace ServeRAID-8k-l with
the following options: ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064, for RAID
1E, 5 or 6; ServeRAID-MR10i, option 43W4296, for RAID 0 to
RAID 6 (excluding 1E); or ServeRAID-MR10is, option 44E8695,
for encryption and RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E).
2. A maximum of one SAS HBA Adapter (25R8060) may be
configured in x3650 prior to shipping. However, customers
may install up to a total of four adapters, provided they
disable the boot ROM on the adapters.
3. x3650 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit.
EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to
SAS HDDs only.
4. Before you install or ship this option in your server,
first read the installation instructions provided in the
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 213
option package.
5. Full-length with stiffener.
6. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery
Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s.
7. One PCI-E riser is required to install a maximum of two
MegaRAID 8480 controllers. To avoid damage to the server,
always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or
shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately
as originally packaged from IBM.
8. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 40K1908).
9. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (Option 40K0028). This riser
card ships on all standard x3650 models.
10. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require
a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of this
adapter option.
11. In slots 24, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the
adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182)
per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per
battery. The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option,
while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and
Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822).
12. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x
IOAT capable servers.
13. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
14. The PCI Express Riser Card for x3650 comes standard with
System x3650
15. A PCI-X riser is required when installing a PCI-X adapter
in either slot 1 or slot 2.
16. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery
Backed Cache on ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller
Slot Type Bus Voltage Frequency Data Active Slot Scan
(V) MHZ path PCI length sequence
PCI Slot 11,2 PCI / PCI-X / 1A 3V 133MHz 64-bit No Full 1
PCI-E Full-
size, Full-
length
PCI Slot 21,2 PCI / PCI-X / 24 3V 133MHz 64-bit No Half 2
PCI-E Full-
size, Half-
length
PCI Slot 33,4 PCI-Express 6 - - - No Half 3
(low profile)
PCI Slot 43,4 PCI-Express 16 - - - No Half 4
(low profile)
Notes:
1. Slots 1 and 2 require a riser compatible to the adapter being
installed.
2. Depending on which riser card is installed, supports either
PCI Express x8 connector x8 lanes or PCI -X 133 Mhz, PCI-X 100Mhz,
PCI-X 66Mhz, PCI 66Mhz, PCI 33Mhz. PCI 2.3 and PCIX 1.0a compliant.
3. Non-hot plug low profile PCI Express slots accept x8 connector
with x4 lanes.
4. Slots 3 and 4 are low-profile (2U) PCI-E slots that do not
require a riser.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power1
40K0029 40K1905 1968 xSeries 835W Redundant Power Option (110-127v)
43W5901 43W5902 1988 700W - 48V DC Power Supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P
- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU2
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS 1000T LV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Notes:
1. System x3650 ships with a single power supply. and
two power cords standard, including one rack power
cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one AC
line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P). A second hot-swap power
supply is optional for redundancy
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack
power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
SBB Option Feature Description
number number codes
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Part number Feature Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number codes supported interface enclosure
Tape drives
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media - - - -
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape - - - -
Drive10
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - -
40K6522 - 4335 IBM GoVault Rack Optimization 3.5"systems, SATA II Internal 3.5" -
Bundle4, 5 bay ID HH
2 & 4;
2.5" systems,
Tape drive bay
- 59P6745 - IBM 80/160 GB Half High VS160 Tape External only Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX
Drive3
- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape External only - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive10 3.5" systems, SATA II Internal 3.5" -
bay ID HH with
2 & 4; 5.25" HH
2.5" systems, mounting kit
Tape drive bay
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape External only - - 87651UX
Drive 8767HHX
44E8870 - 5398 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape 3.5""systems, USB - -
Drive6 bay ID 2 & 4;
2.5"" systems,
Tape drive
bay"
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen 6 (80/160GB) Tape Media - - - -
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 3.5""systems, USB Internal 3.5" -
bay ID 2 & 4; HH
2.5"" systems,
Tape drive
bay"
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge - - - -
46C5376 - 5708 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge - - - -
46C5378 - 5709 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge - - - -
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle 3.5""systems, USB Internal 3.5" -
bay ID 2 & 4; HH with
2.5"" systems, 5.25" HH
Tape drive mounting kit
bay"
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle 3.5""systems, USB Internal 3.5" -
bay ID 2 & 4; HH with
2.5"" systems, 5.25" HH
Tape drive mounting kit
bay"
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX 500 Internal USB BUND 3.5""systems, USB Internal 3.5" -
bay ID 2 & 4; HH with
2.5"" systems, 5.25" HH
Tape drive mounting kit
bay"
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 217
External tape enclosures6, 7
- 4559FHX - IBM 2U Full High Stand Alone SCSI - - FH Table Top -
Tape Drive Enclosure8
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack -
Mount
- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - HH Table Top -
Tape libraries7
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 - - - -
Tape Library (all models)
Associated tape options
43V5958 43V5959 5387 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit9 - - - -
43W7319 43V5959 4873 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit for 2.5" - Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX
HDD
Notes:
1. This internal tape drive attaches via a USB cable (SBB 44E8880/
FC 3833) to the internal USB connector.
2. This internal tape drive requires an external tape enclosure for
installation in systems with a 2.5" SAS form factor.
3. This internal tape drive is not supported internally on this system and
requires an external tape enclosure for installation.
4. Includes one base internal dock, enablement kit, and a
80GB GoVault cartridge. 3.5-inch models have six 3.5-inch hot-swap
hard disk drive bays. If installing an IBM GoVault rack optimization
bundle, this drive will occupy two of the six 3.5-inch drive bays.
2.5-inch models have eight 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays
and one dedicated 3.5-inch bay for the BM GoVault rack optimization
bundle.
5. The IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle is an internal SATA
drive that attaches to the SATA connector, J102, on the system planar.
6. A quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit is
required per SCSI tape drive required.
7. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via
39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI controller. The 39R8752 PCI-X U320
storage controller requires a 40K1908 PCI-X riser card on this system.
8. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm
(5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed
in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power
cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
9. For use with 3.5" configurations.
10. Internal use requires IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor1
44E5177 - 3637 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) 12Y,E1Y
44E5178 - 3638 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) 3AY
44E5179 - 3639 Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB LV 60w) -
44E5180 - 3640 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5530 (2.4GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 52Y,58Y,E2Y
44E5181 - 3641 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5550 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) 72Y
44E5182 - 3642 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5560 (2.8GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) E3Y
44E5183 - 3643 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5570 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1333MHz FSB 95w) 92Y
46M1035 - 6990 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5504 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) -
46M1036 - 6991 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 32Y
46M1037 - 6992 Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB LV 60w) -
46M1038 - 6993 Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5540 (2.53GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) 62Y
Additional processors
44E5184 46M1077 0362 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) 12Y,E1Y
44E5185 46M1079 4410 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) 3AY
44E5186 46M1080 4411 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB LV 60w) -
44E5187 46M1083 4412 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5530 (2.4GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 52Y,58Y,E2Y
44E5188 46M1085 4413 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5550 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) 72Y
44E5189 46M1086 4414 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5560 (2.8GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) E3Y
44E5190 46M1087 4415 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon X5570 (2.93GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz FSB 95w) 92Y
46M1039 46M1078 4449 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5504 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB 80w) -
46M1040 46M1081 7750 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5520 (2.26GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 32Y
46M1041 46M1082 7751 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5506 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 800MHz FSB LV 60w) -
46M1042 46M1084 7752 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5540 (2.53GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz FSB 80w) 62Y
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a
maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type,
speed and cache size.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
DIMM population sequence in pair of two DIMMs are shown in the box.
DIMM slot assignment is next to the box.
CH2 is unused in Mirrored Channel mode.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
43W7671 - 5595 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SATA 1..12 12
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" 1..12 12
SAS
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
42D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
43W7539 43W7535 5577 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
- 43W7536 - IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
- 43W7545 - IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..12 12
Associated options
44X0100 46D2516 7552 Hot swap SAS/SATA 4 Pac HDD Kit for IBM System - - -
x3650 M2
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers1
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2,3,4 Y 4
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
System x
43W4298 43W4296 3571 IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller3,4
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
Controller
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
for IBM System x
- 42D0494 - Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM - - - - -
System x
44E8692 44E8689 3577 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller3,4
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E 1 N 1
Controller3,4
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery - - - - -
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 Y 4
IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System x
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS - - - - -
Single Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual - - - - -
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - - -
Single Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - - -
Dual Controller Model
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single - - - - -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual - - - - -
Controller
Networking
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Adapter- PCIe
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 Y 4
by Intel
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 227
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
IBM System x
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
IBM System x
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port - PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Ethernet Adapter
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR - PCI-E 8x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Adapter
44X0137 46M1076 3585 Dual port 1Gb Ethernet Daughter Card - - Dedicated - 1
connector
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
44X0138 46M1072 5086 IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-Express - - - - -
(2x8) Riser Card
44X0144 46M1073 5088 IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-Express - - - - -
(1x16) Riser Card
44X0141 46M1074 5087 IBM System x3650 M2 PCI-X Riser - - - - -
Card
Notes:
1. 44E8692 (FC 3577) or 43W4298 (FC 3571) is required to
control internal SAS HDDs. 44E8692 is the default.
2. PCI card type is dependent on the kind of PCI riser
installed in the system. Riser in riser connector 1 enables
slots 1 and 2 while riser in riser connector 2 enables slots
3 and 4.
3. If this adapter is selected and FC 7553 or FC 7551 is selected,
then populate in a dedicated slot on a riser card.
4. If this adapter is selected and FC 7552 is selected, then populate
in PCI slot 1 on a PCI-E riser card. PCI-E riser 44X0138 (FC 5086)
must be selected.
Slot Type Bus Voltage Frequency Data Active Slot Slot height Scan
(V) MHZ path PCI length sequence
PCI Slot 1 PCIe x8, - - - - - Full Full (3U) -
PCIe x16, or
PCI-X,
depending
on riser
PCI Slot 2 PCIe x8 or - - - - - - Low profile -
PCI-X, ( with 3U
depending bracket)
on riser
PCI Slot 3 PCIe x8, - - - - - Full Full (3U) -
PCIe x16, or
PCI-X,
depending
on riser
PCI Slot 4 PCIe x8 or - - - - - Half Full (3U) -
PCI-X,
depending
on riser
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
44X0147 46M1075 2100 IBM 675W Redundant Power Supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P
- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P
- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)
- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)
- 40K9772 - C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
- 40K9620 - IBM UPS3000 EBM
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Part number Feature Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
number codes supported interface enclosure
Tape drives
43W8487 - 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive Internal SATA - -
43W8492 - 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive Internal USB - -
External tape enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB speed Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power Hot-swap System
(GHz/MHz)- processors max) supply (power, Management
cache (std/max) quantity slots, HDD, Processor5
(std/max) fans,
memory)
(Line cord)4
7980-51Y Dual 3.2Ghz/ 2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20" 2/22 P,H,S Y
800Mhz processors, deep -
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, O/B Hot-swap
Ultra 320 SCSI,
Dual DC power
7980-52Y Dual 3.2Ghz/ 2/2 1GB/12GB 2U x 20" 2/22 P,H,S Y
800Mhz processors, deep -
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
512MB, O/B Hot-
swap Ultra 320
SCSI, Dual DC
power
7980-53Y Dual 3.2Ghz/ 2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20" 2/23 P,H,S Y
800Mhz processors, deep -
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, O/B Hot-swap
Ultra 320 SCSI,
Dual AC power
7980-54Y Dual 3.2Ghz/ 2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20" 2/22 P,H,S Y
800Mhz processors, deep -
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, 2 x 146GB
HDD, Dual DC
power
7980-55Y Dual 3.2Ghz/ 2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20" 2/23 P,H,S Y
800Mhz processors, deep -
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, 2 x 146GB
HDD, Dual AC
power
Part number1 Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays Slots
ethernet controller interface storage (std/max) (total/ (total/
avail) avail)
7980-51Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD ROM 2/2 6/6
7980-52Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD RW/ 2/2 6/6
DVD 24x
7980-53Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD RW/ 2/2 6/6
DVD 24x
7980-54Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 2X146GB /292 GB CD RW/ 2/0 6/6
DVD 24x
7980-55Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 2X146GB /292 GB CD RW/ 2/0 6/6
DVD 24x
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally
available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not
orderable as listed and need to be modified by
country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following
nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 235
part number for 7980-52Y is 7980-52U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other
country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping
for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern.
Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. This model includes dual DC power supplies.
3. This model includes dual AC power supplies.
4. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
5. Integrated service processor (Baseboard Management Controller) / on planar
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs 1
0001938 39M5809 1938 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)
Notes:
1. A minimum of one DIMM is required. However, for
performance, a minimum of two identical DIMMs should
be populated. Pairs must always match.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
41Y3368 - 1692 Intel SRCZCRX Ultra320 Half PCI-X All (3 full- N 3
SCSI RAID 0/1/5/10/50 height, 3 low-
Storage Controller ATX/LP profile)
PCI-X
Networking
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Half 64- 1...3 N 3
Server Adapter by Intel- bit/133MHz
PCI-X
73P5205 - 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Half 64- 1...3 N 3
Server Adapter by Intel- bit/133MHz
PCI-X
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig)
and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by
IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this
document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Monitors
- 4944 - IBM T119 19" TFT LCD
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
speed processors max) quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor4
(GHz/ (std/max) max) HDD, fans,
MHz)- memory)
cache (Line cord)3
7943-22Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2344
HE (1.7GHz,
55W ACP)
7943-32Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 75W
ACP)
7943-34Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 75W
ACP)
7943-52Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2356
(2.3GHz, 75W
ACP)
7943-E1Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 4GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2344
HE (1.7GHz,
55W ACP)
7943-E2Y Quad Core AMD 1/2 4GB/64GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 115W)
Part number1 Integrated Storage ctrl Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive PCI-X Bays Slots
ethernet interface storage (std/ slots (total/ (total/
max) (total/ avail) avail)
avail)
7943-22Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB CD-RW/ 1/12 6/6 4/4
(3.5") DVD Combo
7943-32Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB CD-RW/ 1/12 8/8 4/4
(2.5") DVD Combo
7943-34Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB CD-RW/ 1/12 6/6 4/4
(3.5") DVD Combo
7943-52Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB CD-RW/ 1/12 8/8 4/4
(2.5") DVD Combo
7943-E1Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB CD-RW/ 1/12 6/6 4/4
(3.5") DVD Combo
7943-E2Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB CD-RW/ 1/12 8/8 4/4
(2.5") DVD Combo
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following
Copyright nomenclature:
IBM Corp. xxU.
2003, 2009 - Apr 14,For example, the U.S.
2009 241
orderable part number for 7943-32Y is 7943-32U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific
designator.
2. Slot 1 is available as a HTX, PCI-X or PCI-E slot, depending
on the riser chosen. A riser is required in order to use this slot.
Each riser supports one adapter, plus one Remote Supervisor adapter.
3. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
4. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) /
H82166 / IPMI 2.0 / IBM Active Energy Manager
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs 1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2765 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
46C7534 - 3977 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
46C7535 - 3978 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
Notes:
1. Matching memory DIMMs should be installed in pairs, in
adjacent sockets. Memory is populated starting farthest away
from the associated processor, starting with socket 1 and 2.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II - 1..6 6
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II - 1..6 6
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..8 8
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..8 8
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS - 1..8 8
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD - 1..6 6
- 42D0612 - IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD - - -
- 42D0652 - IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD - - -
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
Optical Devices
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - Optical Drive Bay 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - Optical Drive Bay 1
32R2901 - 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - Optical Drive Bay 1
External Storage Expansion Units Form
factor
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage -
Expansion Unit (all models)
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk -
System (all models)
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk -
System (all models)
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers1
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 3
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS - - Dedicated N 1
Controller1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS - - Dedicated N 1
Controller1
39M6013 - 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Dual Port HBA
39M6015 - 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Single Port HBA
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
HBA for IBM System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
HBA for IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
HBA for IBM System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
HBA for IBM System x
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServerRAID-MR10i SAS/ Half PCI-E 8x 1 N 1
SATA Controller
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
Controller
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/ Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
SATA Controller
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port Half PCI-X 1 N 1
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port Half PCI-X 1 N 1
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
44E8839 44E8695 3584 ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT Half PCI-E 8x 1 N 1
SAS/SATA Controller7
44E8840 44E8826 5864 ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion - - - - -
Battery7
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single- Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
port HBA for IBM System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
HBA for IBM System x
- 43W4299 - ServeRAID-MR10i Battery - - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/ - - - - -
SATA Controller
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 247
External Disk Systems
and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3200 SAS Single
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3200 SAS Dual
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3300 iSCSI Single
Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3300 iSCSI Dual
Controller Model
- 172641X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3400 FC Single
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage - - - - -
DS3400 FC Dual Controller
Networking
30R5005 - 1566 IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Adapter
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Adapter
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Adapter
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
Express G Ethernet Adapter
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Ethernet Adapter
39Y6129 - 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Server Adapter by Intel
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Server Adapter
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
Adapter
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
Express Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
Express Fiber SR Adapter
73P3605 - 1507 IBM iSCSI Server Adapter Half PCI-X 1 N 1
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Server Adapter by Intel
73P5205 - 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Server Adapter by Intel
Systems Management
39R9504 39Y9566 1606 Remote Supervisor Half N Dedicated N 1
Adapter II Slimline Connecter
Other I/O
40K7304 - 2082 PCI-X 133MHz (FH/FL) - - - - -
Riser for x System 3655
40K7305 40K7428 2083 PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser - - - - -
for IBM x System 3655
Notes:
1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade
replace ServeRAID-8k-l with the following options: ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064, for
RAID 1E, 5 or 6; ServeRAID-MR10i, option 43W4296, for RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E);
or ServeRAID-MR10is, option 44E8695, for encryption and RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E).
2. x3655 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000
support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first
read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
4. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery Backed Cache
on ServeRAID-8s.
5. Requires optional PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser for IBM System x3655,
40K7428.
6. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480
adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480
must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM.
7. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883,
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 248
which comes as part of this adapter option.
8. ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery 44E8826 enables Battery Backed Cache on ServeRAID-
MR10i SAS/SATA Controller.
Slot Type1 Slot height/ Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI? (Hot
length Swap)
1 HTX2 Full Height/ 3.3 133 64 N
Full Length
23 PCI-E x4 Half Height/ 3.3 133 64 N
Half Length
33 PCI-E x8 Half Height/ 3.3 133 64 N
Half Length
43 PCI-E x8 Half Height/ 3.3 133 64 N
Half Length
Notes:
1. x3655 offers 4 PCI express slots, two x8 lanes low profile,
one x4 low profile, and one full length/full height option card slot.
2. One full length/full height riser option is supported at a time.
The standard HTX slot on riser may be replaced with PCI-E x16 or
PCI-X risers.
3. Supports PCI-E low profile adapters.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
40K0029 40K1905 1968 835W Redundant Power Supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS 3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Part number Feature Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape encl
number codes supported interface
Tape drives1
39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen-5 Data Cartridge - - - -
40K6522 - 4335 IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle for 3.5 HDD = Ultra160 Internal 3.5" -
left middle SCSI LVD HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
43V5958 43V5959 5387 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit2 - - 3.5" -
43W7319 - 4873 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit3 - - 2.5" -
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD = SATA II Internal 3.5" 87651UX
left, middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
44E8870 - 5398 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD = USB Internal 3.5" 87651UX
left middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen-6 Data Cartridge - - - -
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock for 3.5 HDD = USB Internal 3.5" -
left middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge4 - - - -
46C5376 - 5708 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge4 - - - -
46C5378 - 5709 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge4 - - - -
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive - - - -
- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = USB Internal 3.5" -
left middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = USB Internal 3.5" -
left middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle for 3.5 HDD = USB Internal 3.5" -
left middle HH with
and bottom, 5.25" HH
for 2.5 = mounting kit
tapedrive bay
External Tape Enclosures
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 252
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack -
Mount
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Tape Autoloaders
- - - - - - -
Tape library
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 - - - -
Tape Library (all models)
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this
system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
2. For use with 3.5" configurations.
3. For use with 2.5" configurations
4. For use with SBB 46C5369/FC 5710, IBM RDX Internal USB Dock
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
speed processors max) quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor4
GHz/MHz)- (std/max)2 max) HDD, fans,
cache memory)
(Line cord)3
7163-1RY QCore AMD 2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor Model
8350 (2.0GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
7163-3RY QCore AMD 2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor Model
8356 (2.3GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
7163-5RY QCore AMD 2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor Model
8360 SE
(2.5GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
7163-E5Y QCore AMD 2/4 16GB/128GB 4U 2/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor Model
8360 SE
(2.5GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
7163-ARY Quad-Core AMD 2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 8378
(2.4GHz, 75W
ACP)
7163-DRY Quad-Core AMD 2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron -
Processor 8384
(2.7GHz, 75W
ACP)
7163-DBY Quad-Core AMD 3/4 12GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Opteron
Processor 8384
(2.7GHz, 75W
ACP)
Part number1 Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
ethernet controller interface storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
7163-1RY Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1800 GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 6/6
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory DIMMs1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1.0 GB (2x 512MB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB (2x 1GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
- 41Y2765 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
46C7534 - 3977 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory
46C7535 - 3978 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory
- 46C7539 - 4GB (2x2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM
- 46C7538 - 8GB (2x4GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz RDIMM
Notes:
1. Do not install DIMMs on a processor card without a CPU
installed on it.
2. Install largest DIMM sizes first (in pairs of matching
type and size) then next smaller DIMM size, etc.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -
Hot-swap SATA HDDs
- 43W7580 - 750GB HOT-SWAP SATA DUAL PORT - - - -
- 39M4558 - 500GB 3.5" Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA II - - - -
Hot-swap SAS HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 0...3 4
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 0...3 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 0...3 4
42D0521 42D0519 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SAS SL 0...3 4
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - - -
Optical Devices
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - SL 4 1
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - SL 4 1
External storage expansion units Form
factor
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
Table 1. Bays
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers1
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 - - ROC DIMM 1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 - - ROC DIMM 1
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X 2
(5 or 6)
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X 2
(5 or 6)
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-e x8 PCI-E (1,2,3, 3
or 4)
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 4
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for Half PCI-X PCI-X 1
IBM System x (5 or 6)
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM Half PCI-X PCI-X 1
System x (5 or 6)
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCIe x1 PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 4
43W4340 44E8825 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 PCI-E x8 3
(1,2,3)
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3) 3
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
System x
- 39R6507 - DS3200 SAS Controller Upgrade - - - -
- 39R6509 - DS3200 SAS 2-Port Daughter Card - - - -
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single - - - -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual - - - -
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single - - - -
Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual - - - -
Controller Model
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single - - - -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual - - - -
Controller
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 261
Networking
30R5005 - 1566 IBM 10 Gb Ethernet Adapter Half 64- 5, 6 2
bit/133MHz
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64- 5, 6 2
bit/133MHz
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half PCI X 5, 6 2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Half PCI E 1X 1,2,3,4 4
Adapter- PCIe
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter PCI-X Half 64- 5, 6 2
bit/133MHz
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Half 64- 5, 6 2
Intel- PCI-X bit/133MHz
73P5205 - 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Half 64- 5, 6 2
Intel- PCI-X bit/133MHz
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter2 Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 1
42C1763 - 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter5 Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 2
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter2 Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 4
Intel
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 Qlogic iSCSI Single Port PCle HBA for IBM Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 2
System x
42C1773 42C1770 2977 Qlogic iSCSI Dual Port PCle HBA for IBM Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 2
System x
43V5761 - 1821 nVidia Quadro FX5600 Graphics Adapter Full PCI-E 16x 1 1
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 4
Ethernet Adapter
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Half PCI-E 8x 1,2,3 3
Adapter
System Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - Dedicated 1
connector
Other I/O
40K7118 40K7547 2093 IBM CPU PassThru card - - - -
Notes:
1. All x3755 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers
RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l
with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064.
2. Full length when installed with stiffener.
3. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480
adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must
be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM.
4. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
5. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x16 - 3.3V x16 64 - Full
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-E x4 - 3.3V x4 64 - Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X A 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Full
PCI Slot 6 PCI-X A 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Full
HTX Slot HTX - 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Half
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
40K7397 40K7543 1974 1500 Watt PWR Supply1
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS3000 HV
Associated Options
40K7270 40K7545 2095 Redundant Cooling
Note:
1. If the additional Power Supply (SBB 40K7397 FC 1974) is
selected, PDU Jumper Cable (SBB 39Y5533 FC 6311) must be
ordered also.
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power
configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB numberPart number Feature Description Bays Storage Form factor Ext tape
codes supported interface encl
Tape drives
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - -
- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape - - - -
Drive
External tape enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Tape autoloaders
- - - - - - - -
External tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB Number of Memory Form factor Power Hot-swap System
date8 speed (GHz/ processors (std/ supply (power, Mgmt Proc.2,
MHz)- cache (std/max) max) quantity slots, HDD, 7, 8
(std/ fans
max) memory)
(Line cord)6
7141-3AY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
E7330
(2.40GHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7141-4AY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
X7350
(2.93GHz 8MB
L2 130w)
7141-3BY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
E7330
(2.40GHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7141-4BY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
X7350
(2.93GHz 8MB
L2 130w)
7141-3DY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
E7330
(2.40GHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7141-4DY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
X7350
(2.93GHz 8MB
L2 130w)
7141-3EY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
E7330
(2.40GHz 6MB
L2 80w)
7141-4EY3 Mar 13 Quad Core 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
2009 Intel Xeon -
Processor
X7350
(2.93GHz 8MB
L2 130w)
Part Withdrawal Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
number1, 2 date8 ethernet controller interface storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
7141-3AY3 Mar 13 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 7/7
2009 Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7141-4AY3 Mar 13 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 7/7
2009 Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7141-3BY3 Mar 13 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD 5/4 7/7
2009 Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards2
43W8606 44E4252 4894 Memory Expansion Card
Memory DIMMs3
41Y2760 - 3935 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2766 - 3937 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
43V7354 - 3938 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2769 - 3939 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2771 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 43V7356 - 16GB Kit (2x 8GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM4
Note: A maximum of four memory cards may be installed, each card containing four pairs of single-ranked PC2-5300 DDRII DIMMS. For
memory mirroring, Card1 mirrors Card2, and Card3 mirrors Card4.
Notes:
1. The system can be configured with up to 4 memory cards.
Each memory card can be configured with up to 8 memory
DIMMs.
2. Memory Cards support 8 DDR-II DIMMs, each card
requires 2 DIMMs minimum. At least two Memory cards are
required on preconfigured systems (four memory cards
maximum, per node and 32 DIMMS maximum per chassis.
3. The minimum configuration of two memory cards provide a
total of 16 expansion slots. Three memory cards provide a
total of 24 expansion slots. The maximum of four memory
cards provide a total 32 expansion slots.
4. Support for 43V7354 (8GB DIMMs) is limited to 1 or 2
node systems. 43V7354 is not supported on 3 or 4 node
systems.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette drives
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0-3 4
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0-3 4
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0-3 4
Optical devices
43W8262 - 4156 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo2 US - 1
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner US - 1
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Y
IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,5,2,6 Y
IBM System x
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
System x
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half x4 PCIe 1,5,2,6 N
System x
43W4281 43W4280 3557 ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller - - Dedicated N
connector
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for Half x4 PCIe 1,5,2,6 N
IBM System x1
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
System x
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half x4 PCIe 1,5,2,6 N
System x
- 44E8695 - ServeRAID-MR10is VAULT SAS/SATA Half PCI-E x8 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
Controller2
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCIe 1,5,2,6 N
System x
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller - - - -
External disk systems and options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single - - - -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual - - - -
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - -
Single Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual - - - -
Controller Model
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single - - - -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual - - - -
Controller
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U - - - -
with Turbo
- 17421xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk - - - -
System (all models)
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange - - - -
Disk System (all models)
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange - - - -
Disk System (all models)
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency Data path Active PCI Slot length
MHz
PCI Slot 11 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x15 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 21 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1A 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 31 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1F 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 41 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x24 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 52 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x04 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 62,3 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x09 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
PCI Slot 72,3 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x0E 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
LSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port - 0x13 Universal 2.5Gb/s x8 N -
Controller2
Broadcom 5704 Dual Gb Ethernet - 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
Controller
Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet - 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
Controller
ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory - 0x01 Universal 33 32 N -
Notes:
1. Slots 1-4 are on the first PCIe bridge.
2. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on the second PCIe bridge.
3. Slots 6-7 are hot swap capable.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43W8614 - 43W8614 1440W Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Tape Drives
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape - - - -
Drive
- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO - - - -
Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO - - - -
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
Tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage - - - -
TS3100/TS3200 Tape
Library (all models)
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage - - - -
TS3310 Modular Tape
Library (all models)
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra - - - -
Scalable Tape Library
(all models)
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO - - - -
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
Tape Enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive - - - -
Enclosure
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive - - - -
Enclosure
Associated tape
options
- - - - - - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB Number of Memory (std/ Form factor Power supply Hot-swap System Mgmt
speed (GHz/ processors max) quantity (std/ (power, slots, Processor2, 5
MHz)- cache (std/max) max) HDD, fans
memory)
(Line cord)4
7233-2RY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
E7420 (2.13GHz
8MB L3 90w)
7233-4RY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor
E7440 (2.40GHz
16MB L3 90w)
7233-5RY Six Core Intel 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
E7450 (2.40GHz
12MB L3 90w)
7233-6RY Six Core Intel 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
X7460 (2.66GHz
16MB L3 130w)
7233-7RY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
L7445 (2.13GHz
12MB L3 50W)
7233-E5Y Six Core Intel 2/4 16GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
E7450 (2.40GHz
12MB L3 90w)
7233-2SY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
E7420 (2.13GHz
8MB L3 90w)
7233-4SY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor
E7440 (2.40GHz
16MB L3 90w)
7233-5SY Six Core Intel 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
E7450 (2.40GHz
12MB L3 90w)
7233-6SY Six Core Intel 2/4 8GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
X7460 (2.66GHz
16MB L3 130w)
7233-7SY Quad Core Intel 2/4 4GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor -
L7445 (2.13GHz
12MB L3 50W)
7233-E2Y Quad Core Intel 1/4 2GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor
E7420 (2.13GHz
8MB L3 90w)
7233-E6Y Six Core Intel 4/4 2GB/256GB Rack(4U) 2/2 P,H,F,S Y
Xeon Processor
X7460 (2.66GHz
16MB L3 130w)
Part number1, 2 Integrated Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD Optical drive Bays (total/ Slots (total/
ethernet controller interface storage (std/ avail) avail)
max)
7233-2RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-4RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-5RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-6RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-7RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-E5Y3 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-2SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-4SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-5SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-6SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-7SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-E2Y 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
7233-E6Y 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/1200GB UltraSlim 5/4 7/7
Enhanced SATA
CD-RW / DVD-
ROM Combo
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part
number for 7233-2RY is 7233-2RU. See the product specific Official
IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies
follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-
specific designator.
2. System x3850/3950 M2 comes standard with a remote supervisor
adapter II.
3. E5Y is an express model.
4. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
5. BMC standard / IPMI 2.0 / PowerExecutive / Remote Supervisor
Adapter II Slimline std /
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Memory cards2
43W8606 44E4252 4894 Memory Expansion Card
Memory DIMMs3
41Y2760 - 3935 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2766 - 3937 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
43V7354 - 3938 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2769 - 3939 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2771 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 43V7356 - 16GB Kit (2x 8GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
Note: A maximum of four memory cards may be installed, each card containing four pairs of single-ranked PC2-5300 DDRII DIMMS. For
memory mirroring, Card1 mirrors Card2, and Card3 mirrors Card4.
Notes:
1. The system can be configured with up to 4 memory cards.
Each memory card can be configured with up to 8 memory
DIMMs.
2. Memory Cards support 8 DDR-II DIMMs, each card
requires 2 DIMMs minimum. At least two Memory cards are
required on preconfigured systems (four memory cards
maximum, per node and 32 DIMMS maximum per chassis.
3. The minimum configuration of two memory cards provide a
total of 16 expansion slots. Three memory cards provide a
total of 24 expansion slots. The maximum of four memory
cards provide a total 32 expansion slots.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Diskette drives
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0-3 4
42D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0-3 4
42D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD SFF 0-3 4
Optical devices
44W3252 - 4162 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo2 US 4 1
44W3253 - 4163 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner US 4 1
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Y
IBM System x
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for Half x8 PCIe 1,5,2,6 Y
IBM System x
43W4281 43W4280 3557 ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller - - Dedicated N
connector
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Y
for IBM System x
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for Half x4 PCIe 1,5,2,6 Y
IBM System x
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
System x
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM Half PCIe 1,5,2,6 N
System x
44E8702 - 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
- 42D0485 - Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM - - - -
System x
- 42D0494 - Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM - - - -
System x
- 42D0501 - QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM - - - -
System x
- 42D0510 - QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM - - - -
System x
- 43W4339 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller - - - -
External disk systems and options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single - - - -
Controller
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual - - - -
Controller
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI - - - -
Single Controller Model
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual - - - -
Controller Model
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single - - - -
Controller
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual - - - -
Controller
Networking
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Half x1 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Y
Adapter- PCIe
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
by Intel
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
IBM System x
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N
42C1763 - 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter Half x8 PCIe 1,5,3,6 N
Notes:
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency Data path Active PCI Slot length
MHz
PCI Slot 11 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x15 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 21 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1A 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 31 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1F 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 41 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x24 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 52 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x04 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 62,3 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x09 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
PCI Slot 72,3 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x0E 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
LSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port - 0x13 Universal 2.5Gb/s x8 N -
Controller2
Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet - 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
Controller
Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet - 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
Controller
ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory - 0x01 Universal 33 32 N -
Notes:
1. Slots 1-4 are on the first PCIe bridge.
2. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on the second PCIe bridge.
3. Slots 6-7 are hot swap capable.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43W8614 - - 1440W Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS 3000 LV
21302RX IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Tape Drives
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB - USB - -
External USB Drive
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation - - - -
6 USB Tape Drive
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape - - - -
Drive
- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO - - - -
Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
- 43W8480 - IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA - - - -
Tape Drive
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO - - - -
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal - USB - -
USB Bundle
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Tape Enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive - - - -
Enclosure
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive - - - -
Enclosure
Associated tape
options
- - - - - - - -
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number Form Factor (Width/ Power Modules Power Module (Std/ Hot-Swap (Power, Redundancy
Depth) Max) Bays, Blowers) (Optional, Standard)
(Line cord)1
8886-1MY Rack (7U) 19in x 28in 950 - 1450 (110 - 2/4 P,B,B S - Blower O - Power
220VAC) LC
8886-E1Y5 Rack (7U) 19in x 28in 950 - 1450(110 - 4/4 P,B,B S - Blower O - Power
220VAC) LC
Part number Management I/O Module Bays Optical Drive Diskette Drive Blade Bays (Total/
Module (Std/Max)1 (Total/Avail)3 Avail)4
8886-1MY 1/1 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced - 6/6
CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combo6
8886-E1Y5 1/1 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced - 6/6
CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combo6
Note:
1. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management
processor and a Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switch. No external
KVM switching is required.
3. IBM BladeCenter S supports a maximum of three I/O switches can
be installed in the rear of the system. A combination of up to three
Gb Ethernet switches, or one Gb Ethernet switch and up to two Fiber
Channel switches, or one Gb Ethernet switch and up to two SAS switch
modules can be installed.
4. Supports up to 6 singlewide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 2 blade
servers.
5. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (1) 6-Disk Storage
Module, (1) SAS Connectivity Module, and redundant power supplies
3 & 4 as standard offerings.
6. The write function does not work on BladeCenter S.
Notes:
1. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support
the HS22 on Blade Chassis S.
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment.
A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported.
One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables
can be installed.
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
HDDs
- 43W7523 - 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 12
- 43W7524 - 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 12
43X0808 43X0802 3747 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1-12 12
- 42D0519 - IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD - 1-12 12
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Form factor Slots Hot plug Max
number codes supported capable supported
Networking1,2
43W3604 - 3734
IBM BladeCenter S SAS RAID Controller - 3, 4 Y 2
Module3,4,5
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity - 3, 4 Y 2
Module6
- 32R1813 - Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 43W4395 - Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for StFF 1,2, 3,4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre - 3, 4 Y 2
Channel Module
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Module
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Module
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 Server Connectivity Module for IBM - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
BladeCenter
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru - 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module - 3, 4 Y 2
for IBM
- 44W4404 - BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 44W4483 - Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
- 44X1905 - Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module - 3, 4 Y 2
for IBM BladeCenter
- 44X1907 - Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module - 3, 4 Y 2
for IBM BladeCenter
Associated Options
- 43W3583 - IBM BladeCenter S Serial Pass-thru - - - -
Module
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. If you are using the internal storage in the chassis with
IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module you are required to
have one SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter
(P/N 39Y9195) in Switch Module 3. Support for two is available
for redundancy via Switch Module 4. If using the SAS Connectivity
Module in Switch Module 3 you must have the same Switch Module
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 303
in Switch Module 4.
2. The mixing of fabric switches is not allowed in bays 3 and 4.
3. Only supported in dual controller mode; a minimum quantity
of two (2) required in BladeCenter S.
4. Supported with SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter
(39Y9190).
5. Not compatible with Optical Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9316) or
Copper Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9320).
6. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
advanced management module. Before you configure the
connectivity module, make sure the advanced management
modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured.
For more information about the advanced management module,
see the User's Guide for your advanced management module
and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 43W3582 - IBM BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4 (Worldwide)
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
Racks
17237RX IBM Rack Fixed Shelf
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Monitors
17233RX IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
17233RX IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number Form factor (width/ Power modules Power Hot-swap Redundancy (optional,
depth) Module (Std/ (power, bays, standard)
Max) blowers)
(Line cord)1
8720-2RY Rack 8U 1300W-DC 2/4 P, B, B S-Blower S-Power
(17.4in x 20in) -
Part number Management module I/O module Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays (total/
(std/max)2 bays (total/ avail)4
avail)3
8720-2RY 1/2 4/4 24x CD/DVD R/W - 8/8
Notes:
1. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management
processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external
KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management
Module will require additional power supplies.
3. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear
of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum
of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can
be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit
Ethernet switch to be installed.
4. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade
servers.
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Notes:
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter
(Connector color is Gray)
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - -
Networking1
32R1907 - 1576 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter11
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1 1
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt - - - -
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer1
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
32R1784 - 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110X StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110G StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter
32R1901 - 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2
Channel Module
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2
Channel Module
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity - 3,4 Y 2
Module5
39Y9325 - 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 317
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru StFF 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter
44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter3
44W4409 - 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ - - - 12
Transceiver (SR) for IBM
BladeCenter3
44X1908 44X1905 5478 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
System Management
32R0855 32R0835 4239 IBM BladeCenter T Advanced Adv Mgmt Redundant Y 2
Management Module Module Bay KVM/Adv
2 Mgmt Module
Slot
Associated options
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (SR)
41Y8599 - 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave - - - -
Length SFP Module for IBM
BladeCenter
32R1880 32R1878 4361 IBM 10 GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (LR)
44X1968 - 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical - - - -
Transceiver
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and
Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported.
However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet
or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco
reseller.
3. Up to three (3) 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceivers are
supported for each installed BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module SBB 44W4405, Option 44W4404), allowing a maximum
of twelve (12).
4. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco
reseller.
5. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
advanced management module. Before you configure the
connectivity module, make sure the advanced management
modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured.
For more information about the advanced management module,
see the User's Guide for your advanced management module
and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
32R0823 - 1959 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
32R0799 32R0833 1958 BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
Racks
39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit
39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 17233RX - IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942* - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Notes:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter
(Connector color is Gray)
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Type Height Bays Max quantity
number codes supported
32R2854 - 4145 Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W IDE - Optical 1
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - -
Networking
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer1
- - - QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1
32R1907 - 1576 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1
32R1784 - 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt - - - -
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter2
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110X StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter3
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110G StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter3
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity - 3,4 Y 2
Module4
32R1901 - 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20 port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2
Channel Module
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10 port Fibre StFF 3,4 Y 2
Channel Module
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 333
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter
44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44X1908 44X1905 5478 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
System Management
32R0855 32R0835 4239 IBM BladeCenter T Advanced Adv Mgmt Redundant Y 2
Management Module Module Bay KVM/Adv
2 Mgmt Module
Slot
Associated Options
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver
- 41Y8598 - Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave - - - -
Length SFP Module for IBM
BladeCenter
- 44X1964 - IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
Notes:
1. When installed in switch module bay 3, port 1 is enabled on
blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in
switch bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel
expansion cards.
2. One required per system. Install in Management Module bay 1.
3. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco
reseller.
4. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
advanced management module. Before you configure the
connectivity module, make sure the advanced management
modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured.
For more information about the advanced management module,
see the User's Guide for your advanced management module
and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
32R0826 - 1961 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
Racks
39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit
39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942* - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number Form factor Power modules Power Module (Std/ Hot-swap (power, Redundancy
(width/depth) Max) bays, blowers) (optional,
standard)
(Line cord)
8740-1RY Rack 12U 19in x 24in 3160w (200V - 240V) 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans,
- S-Power
Part number Management I/O module bays Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays
module (total/avail) (total/avail)
(std/max)
8740-1RY 1/2 8/8 - - 12/12
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Type Height Bays Max qty
number codes supported
- - - - - - - -
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature Description Form factor Slots Hot plug Max supported
number number codes supported capable
Networking1
32R1907 - 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Switch Module for eServer1
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for eServer BladeCenter1
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM
- 22R4242 - 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt - - - -
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for eServer1
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module StFF 3, 4 Y 2
for IBM
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
39Y9266 - 2952 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1784 - 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch Mod StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter2
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter2
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre - 3,4 Y 2
Channel Module
- 39Y9284 - CS 4Gb 10 port Fibre Channel Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 26K5605 - Brocade Performance Bundle for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
eServer BladeCenter
- 26K5607 - Brocade ISL Trunking for IBM eServer StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity - 3, 4 Y 2
Module3
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter
System Management
42C5273 42C5300 4818 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb - - - -
Switches and Bridge Bays
42C5274 42C5301 2035 BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb - - - -
Switch/Bridge Bays w/ ISL
42C5276 42C5302 4820 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS - - - -
Switch Bay
42C5314 42C5315 2022 IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced - - - -
Management Module Interposer
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced Adv Mgmt Redundant Y 2
Management Module Module Bay KVM/Adv
2 Mgmt Module
Slot
46C3555 44W3981 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - - - -
Associated option
- 25K8373 - IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion - - - -
Unit II
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (SR)
32R1880 32R1878 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (LR)
44X1968 - 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Note:
1. One interposer is required per switch.
2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco,
or Cisco reseller.
3. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by
the advanced management module. Before you
configure the connectivity module, make sure the
advanced management modules in your BladeCenter
unit are correctly configured. For more information
about the advanced management module, see the
User's Guide for your advanced management module
and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43W6751 - 1987 DC Power Supply 1 & 2
42C5264 42C5279 1984 DC Power Supply 3 & 4
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Racks
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
- 17233RX - IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
42C5271 42C5305 4817 BladeCenter HT Redundant Media Tray Option
Rack console connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
Monitors
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
Associated Options
- 39M2894 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number Form factor Power modules Power Module (Std/ Hot-swap (power, Redundancy
(width/depth) Max) bays, blowers) (optional,
standard)
(Line cord)
8750-1RY Rack 12U 3160w 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans,
19in x 24in (200v-240v) - S-Power
Part number Management I/O module bays Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays
module (total/avail) (total/avail)
(std/max)
8750-1RY 1/2 8/8 - - 12/12
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Type Height Bays Max qty
number codes supported
- - - - - - - -
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature Description Form factor Slots Hot plug Max supported
number number codes supported capable
Networking
32R1907 - 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Switch Module for eServer1
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for eServer BladeCenter1
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre 3, 4 Y 2
Channel Module
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre 3, 4 Y 2
Channel Module
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt - 3, 4 Y 4
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for eServer1
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module StFF 3, 4 Y 2
for IBM
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9266 - 2952 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter2
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter2
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
32R1784 - 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity - 3, 4 Y 2
Module3
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 - 4
BladeCenter
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
for IBM BladeCenter
System Management
42C5273 42C5300 4818 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb - - - -
Switches and Bridge Bays
42C5274 42C5301 2035 BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb - - - -
Switch/Bridge Bays w/ ISL
42C5276 42C5302 4820 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS - - - -
Switch Bay
42C5314 42C5315 2022 IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced - - - -
Management Module Interposer
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced - Red KVM Y 2
Management Module
Associated option
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (SR)
32R1880 32R1878 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP - - - -
Transceiver (LR)
44X1968 - 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+ SW Optical Transceiver - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. One interposer is required per switch.
2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco,
or Cisco reseller.
3. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by
the advanced management module. Before you
configure the connectivity module, make sure the
advanced management modules in your BladeCenter
unit are correctly configured. For more information
about the advanced management module, see the
User's Guide for your advanced management module
and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
43W6757 - 1986 AC Power Supply 1 & 2
42C5262 42C5280 1983 AC Power Supply 3 & 4
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+ Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU1
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU1
Rack Console Connectivity
- 31R3132 - IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
Racks
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 39M2894 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)
- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
42C5271 42C5305 4817 IBM BladeCenter HT Media Tray
Monitors
- 4943 - IBM T117 17in TFT LCD
- 4942* - IBM T115 15in TFT LCD
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Monitor console Kit
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'Rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 W'drawal date2 Mgmt I/O module bays Optical Diskette Blade
module (total/ drive drive bays
(std/ avail) (total/
max)5 avail)
8677-3XY Oct 26 2006 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-3RY8 - 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-E2Y Dec 1 2006 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-3SY - 1/2 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced - 14/147
SATA Multi-Burner
8677-4SY - 1/2 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced - 14/147
SATA Multi-Burner
Note: BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space.
BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV)
model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be
modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable E.
4. LC indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
5. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components.
6. Only the read function is supported on DVD-ROM drives.
7. Supports up to 14 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond six
blade servers.
8. Utilizes Advanced Management Module technology.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 361
Table 2. BladeCenter E, blade server support
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter
(Connector color is Gray)
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Type Height Bays Max quantity
number codes supported
26K9321 - 4148 8X Slim DVD-ROM Internal IDE Drive IDE - Optical Bay 1
44W3251 - 4161 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM SATA - Optical Bay 1
44W3253 - 4163 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner SATA - Optical Bay 1
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description PCI Slots Hot plug Max supported
number codes support supported capable
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - -
Networking
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for eServer1,2,3
44X1908 44X1905 5478 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru - 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6730 43W6724 2986 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1907 - 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for eServer1
- 26K6477 - QLogic 6-Pt Enterprise Fibre Channel - 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module
- 32R1790 - McDATA 6-port Fibre Channel - 3,4 Y 2
Switch Module for BladeCenter
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for eServer BladeCenter1
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1,2,3,4
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter1,2,3,4
- 26K5601 - Brocade Entry SAN Switch Module4 - 3,4 Y 2
32R1784 - 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter5
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter5
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt - 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter10
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
BladeCenter10
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
IBM BladeCenter
32R1901 - 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch StFF 3,4 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
39M4622 39M4675 1966 IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies
26R0239 - 1965 IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies 1 & 2
- 13N0570 - IBM BladeCenter 1800W Power Supply Module
- 26K4816 - IBM eServer BladeCenter 2000W Power Supply Modules
46M0516 46M0508 2106 IBM BladeCenter E 2,320W AC Power Supply Option
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
Racks and rack options
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942* - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
Keyboard and mouse
- 39M7228 - IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB
Associated options
- 43X0340 - IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Filter
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Note: BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack
space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Part Withdrawal Advanced I/O module Optical drive Diskette drive6 Blade bays
number1 Date2 Management bays (total/ (total/avail)7
module (std/ avail)
max)4
8852-4XY Nov 28 2008 1/2 10/10 Combo2 - 14/14
24x/24x/24x/8x5
8852-4YY - 1/2 10/10 UltraSlim Enhanced - 14/14
Multi-Burner
Note: Two power cords are needed and must be ordered separately.
Note: BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack
space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV)
model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified
by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature:
xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8852-3XY is
8852-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement
letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis.
4. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components.
5. Only the read function is supported on the Combo2 drive.
6. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported
attached to one of the two front mounted USB ports.
7. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond seven blade
servers.
Notes:
1. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support
the HS22 on Blade Chassis H.
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 381
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment.
A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM
cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be
installed.
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature Description Type Height Bays Max qty
number codes supported
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner - - - -
43W8364 - 4158 UltraSlim Enhanced DVD-ROM - - - -
Notes:
1. Only the read function is supported on the Combo II drive.
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB Option Feature Description PCI Slots Supported Hot Plug Max Supported
Number Number codes Support Capable
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - -
Networking
32R1907 - 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Switch Module for eServer1 7 Right, 9 Right
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Channel Module for eServer 7 Right, 9 Right
BladeCenter1
32R1893 - 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb - Bay 1,2,3,4,7 left, 9 Y 6
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter left
39Y9206 - 2941 QLogic Infiniband Ethernet Bridge - Bay 1,3 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
39Y9210 - 2942 QLogic Infiniband Fibre Bridge - Bay 1,3 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4 Gb 20-port Fibre Chan - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Switch Module for eServer1,2,3 7 Right, 9 Right
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Module for IBM 7 Right, 9 Right
43W6730 43W6724 2986 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Module for IBM 7 Right, 9 Right
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Module for IBM BladeCenter 7 Right, 9 Right
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4 Gb 20-port SAN Switch - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Module for IBM eServer 7 Right, 9 Right
BladeCenter1,2,3
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4 Gb 10-port SAN Switch - Bay 3,4, Y 4
Module for IBM eServer 7 Right, 9 Right
BladeCenter1,2,3
39Y9266 39Y9267 2952 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch - HSSM bay 1, 2 Y 2
Module for IBM BladeCenter4,9
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch - Bay 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Mod for IBM BladeCenter5,9
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb - Bay 1,2,3,4 Y 6
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter5
32R1889 - 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb - Bay 1,2,3,4,7 left, 9 Y 6
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM left
BladeCenter
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet - 1,2,3,4, Y 4
Switch Module for IBM 7Right, 9Right
BladeCenter5
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for - Bay 1,2,3,4, Y 8
IBM BladeCenter11 7Right, 7left, 9Right,
9Left
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for - Bay 1,2,3,4, Y 8
IBM BladeCenter11 7Right, 7left, 9Right,
9Left
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 - Bay 1,2,3,4, Y 8
for IBM BladeCenter 7Right, 7left, 9Right,
9Left
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
32R2314 - 1963 BladeCenter 2900W Power Supplies 1 & 2
32R2112 31R3335 1962 IBM BladeCenter H 2900W AC Power Module w/Fan Pack1
Power cords2
32R2108 25R5785 6226 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 Power Cable
32R2110 25R5784 6271 4.3, 230V, Dual 32A IEC 309 P+N+G / 16A IEC 320-C20 Line Cord
32R2109 25R5783 6270 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Rack Console Connectivity
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet
- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
Monitors
- 17233RX IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 17231RX IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
172317X 17 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
172319X 19 1U Flat Panel Console Kit
Keyboard and mouse
- 39M7228 - IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB
Note:
1. Option 31R3335 includes two power supplies.
2. Two power cords are required.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard Processor
44R5499 - 3654 Single Core Intel Celeron Proc 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2 1AY
1066MHz 65W)
44R5500 - 3655 Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 2BY, EBY
1066MHz 65W)
44R5501 - 3656 Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 -
1066MHz 65W)
44R5502 - 3657 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2 -
1333MHz 80w)
44R5503 - 3658 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 -
1333MHz 80w)
44R5504 - 3659 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 -
1333MHz 80w)
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
HDDs
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 0-1 2
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 0-1 2
43W7641 43W7640 5575 IBM 80 GB 7200 SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 0-1 2
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers
- - - - -
Networking
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
Blade Server Expansion Cards
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Legacy I/O
(SFF)
- 41Y8527 - QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
- 39Y9310 - Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
- 41Y8527 - QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb FC Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 43W4423 - 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter -
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 44W4479 - 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor,
CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form
Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on
the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a
CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server).
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power Supplies
- - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard Processor
44R5499 - 3654 Single Core Intel Celeron Proc 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2 -
1066MHz 65W)
44R5500 - 3655 Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 -
1066MHz 65W)
44R5501 - 3656 Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Proc E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 23Y, E3Y
1066MHz 65W)
44R5502 - 3657 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2 44Y
1333MHz 80w)
44R5503 - 3658 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 45Y
1333MHz 80w)
44R5504 - 3659 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 46Y
1333MHz 80w)
46C7640 - 3634 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E3113 (3.0GHz 6MB L2 27Y
1333MHz 65W)
46C7799 - 6994 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 4LY
1333MHz 50W)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF (additional) 3
43W7539 43W7535 5577 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43W7540 43W7536 5578 IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43W7547 43W7545 5579 IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF (additional) 3
2.5" SFF HS
43X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF (additional) 3
SFF HS
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 0-1 2
HDD
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 0-1 2
HDD
42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 0-1 2
HDD
42D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SFF 0-1 2
HDD
SATA HDDs
43W7649 43W7648 5576 IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD SFF 0-1 2
43W7671 43W7670 5595 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Storage Controllers
46M6144 46C7167 5752 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery CIOv
46M6145 46C7167 5753 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery CIOv
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
Networking
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
46C5068 43W3974 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
Blade Server Expansion Cards
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 32R1760 - Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter -
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Legacy I/O
(SFF)
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
- 43W4421 - Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter -
- 43W4423 - 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter -
- 39Y9190 - SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card -
- 39Y9271 - NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter -
- 39Y9310 - Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter -
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 39Y9306 - Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
- 41Y8527 - QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
- 43W6859 - Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv)
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 44W4479 - 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor,
CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form
Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on
the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a
CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector
(if one exists in the server).
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power Supplies
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part Number1 Withdrawal Storage Internal Internal HDD Storage HDD Bays (Std/ Expansion Cards
Date2 Controller6 HDD (Std/ Max)7, 10 Max)8 (Std/Max)8,9
Interface
7995-L1Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-L2Y Sept 28 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2007
7995-L3Y Sept 28 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2007
7995-L4Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-L5Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-L6Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-NTY - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-H1Y Jul 3 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-E5Y Jan 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-R2Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-EHY - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-G1Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-G3Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-G4Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-G5Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-G6Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-GLY - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-HVY - SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
7995-J1Y Jul 3 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-J2Y Jul 3 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-J3Y Jul 3 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-A1Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-C1Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
7995-A2Y Apr 4 SAS Fixed 0GB/146GB 0/1 0/2
2008
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs1
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1 1
39R7393 39R7389 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 2,3,42 3
43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1 1
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 1
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 1
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 2,3,4 3
HS
43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 2,3,4 3
HS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 1
42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 1
SATA HDDs1
43W7707 - 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SSD SFF 1 1
Associated Options1
43W7607 43W7606 5558 IBM Dual 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drives3 SFF 1 1
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 1
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 1
43W3933 43W3934 5548 IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive4 USB 1 1
46C5080 - 5574 IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive4 USB 1 1
Notes:
1. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents
installation of an internal hard drive.
2. Only available on the BladeCenter Storage and Expansion
Unit (P/N 39R7563).
3. 43W7606 is a single physical device with two solid state
drives that uses only one bay.
4. The IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933) and
the IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 46C5080) are
USB 2.0 compatible drives that occupy a dedicated slot
on the system planar. See diagram below.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
46C5068 43W3974 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 -
39R8752 - 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 21 Half
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB)1 Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB)1 Full
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
Blade Server Expansion Cards2
46M1816 - 5495 Chelsio 10GbE Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card Daughter Card
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
26K4844 - 1549 SFF Fibre Channel Exp Card Daughter Card
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Daughter Card
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Daughter Card
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter Daughter Card
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade Daughter Card
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II Daughter Card
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Daughter Card
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
42D1471 - 2965 Voltaire 4x InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter Daughter Card
Associated options
- - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required
for use.
2. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents
installation of an internal hard drive.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD storage HDD Bays (std/ Expansion
date2 Controller interface (std/max) Avail) cards (std/
max)
7996-21Y Aug 8 SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
2008
7996-51Y Aug 8 SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
2008
7996-5AY Aug 8 SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
2008
7996-5BY Aug 8 SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
2008
7996-35Y - SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-55Y - SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5RY - SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5SY - SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
Note: Video adapters used for BladeCenter HC10 (7996) individual Machine Type Models (MTM) are: 7996-21Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS
120M), 7996-51Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5AY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5BY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-35Y
(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-55Y(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5RY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5SY(NVIDIA Quadro
FX1600M)
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7996-21Y is 7996-21U. See the product-
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with a country-specific designator.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 425
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.
Memory mirroring, memory sparing and Chipkill functions are
supported.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network
connectivity and console connectivity are managed through
the standard management module. The standard integrated
service processor monitors the BladeCenter HC10 (7996)
system management activity, communicating with the advanced
management module in the BladeCenter.
5. The BladeCenter HC10 (7996) comes preloaded with Microsoft
Windows Vista Business Blade PC 64-bit Edition.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SATA HDDs
41Y8213 - 5573 80GB 7.2K rpm SATA HDD SFF 1 1
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power Supplies
- - - -
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2
43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1, 2 2
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 3,4,5 3
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1, 2 2
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF 1, 2 2
SFF NHS
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1, 2 2
NHS
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS SFF 3,4,5 3
10K 2.5" SFF HS
43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS SFF 3,4,5 3
15K 2.5" SFF HS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 2
HDD
42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 2
HDD
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
- - - - -
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller1 -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8752 - 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 22 Full
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 -
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
42C2179 - 3567 Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel Half
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
Blade Server Expansion Cards
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card Daughter
Card
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Daughter
Card
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Daughter
Card
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter Daughter
Card
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 444
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II Daughter
Card
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade Daughter
Card
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Daughter
Card
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
46M1816 - 5495 Chelsio 10GbE Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
Card
Associated Options
- 42C1600 - IBM BladeCenter Memory and I/O Blade -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required.
2. IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II (P/N 25K8373) is required.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
43W7539 43W7535 1048 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
43W7540 43W7536 1049 IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
43W7547 43W7545 1050 IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
42D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
SATA HDDs
43W7649 - 1051 IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD SL 0,1 2
43W7671 - 5595 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
- - - - -
Storage controllers
- - - - -
Blade Server Expansion Cards
43W4430 43W4420 1036 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4433 43W4423 1038 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4473 44W4465 1076 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4476 44W4475 1039 Ethernet Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv
44W4480 44W4479 1077 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44X1941 44X1940 1078 QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
46C5070 43W4068 1041 SAS Connectivity Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv
46M6066 46M6065 3594 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv
Associated Options
- - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: CIOv = Combination I/O vertical and
CFFh = Combination Form Factor horizontal.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power
- - - -
Rack Console Connectivity
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ Number of Memory (std/ System Integrated
date2 MHz) - cache3 processors max)3 Management ethernet5
(std/max) Processor5
7971-31Y Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2212 HE
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w)
7971-3AY Jun 29 2007 Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2212
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w)
7971-51Y - Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w)
7971-6AY Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w)
7971-21Y Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2210 HE
(1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W)
7971-2TY - Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2210 EE
(1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W)
7971-7AY - Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2220
(2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W)
7971-8AY - Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2222
(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W)
7971-E1Y - Dual Core AMD Opteron 2/2 4GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2218 HE
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W)
7971-61Y - Dual Core AMD Opteron 1/2 2GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w)
7971-6MY - Dual Core AMD Opteron 2/2 8GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Processor Model 2218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w)
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD HDD (std/max) Expansion Cards
controller7 interface storage (std/ (Std/Max)8
max)
7971-31Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-3AY Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-51Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-6AY Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-21Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-2TY - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-7AY - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-8AY - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-E1Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-61Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-61Y - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
7971-6MY - SAS Fixed 1GB/ 73GB 0/1 0/1
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 456
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same
pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides
three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a
128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller.
4. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile
(VLP) DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron
processor contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs.
5. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports Vulture 3
features which include monitoring the LS21 systems management
activity as well as communicating with the management module in
the BladeCenter.
6. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S Gigabit Ethernet Controllers
7. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller supporting one onboard
SAS Hard Disk Drive
8. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that
attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap
SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD bays and two expansion
card slots for a total of three expansion card slots.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Note: If one processor is installed, if must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not
populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. If multiple processors are installed, they must
have the same set of features and functions. Mixing processors that have different values for their respective features is not allowed.
Note: Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an
Energy Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to
increased power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most
cases this represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W
processor will run at full speed in all chassis.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive SFF 1 1
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 1
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 2,3,4 3
2.5" SFF HS
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 2,3,4 3
43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K SFF 2,3,4 3
2.5" SFF HS
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1 1
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1 1
NHS
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1 1
NHS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS - - -
HDD
42D0669 42D0667 5508 4IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS - - -
HDD
Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS21 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller and one onboard SFF SAS hard
drive.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel Half
Blade server expansion cards
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card daughter
card
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card daughter
card
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer daughter
card
26R0885 - 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer daughter
card
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter daughter
card
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter daughter
card
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit 3e -
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 462
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half
42C2179 - 3567 Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half
Associated options
- - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - Number of Memory (std/ System Integrated
cache2,3 processors max) Management ethernet
(std/max)4 Processor
Part number1 Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD storage HDD (std/max) Expansion slots
controller interface (std/max)
7901-3QY SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/1
7901-CQY SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/1
7901-EDY5 SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/1
7901-3SY SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/1
7901-3LY SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/1
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as
listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV
model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU.
For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7901-3QY
is 7901-3QU. See the product-specific Official IBM announce-
ment letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same
pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. The AMD Opteron processor is designed for high-performance
and server applications. It provides three high-performance
HyperTransport links to the I/O as well as a 128-bit high-
performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. Each AMD
Quad-Core Opteron processor contains four CPUs, memory
controller, and coherent HyperTransport interface between
the processors as well as a non-coherent HyperTransport
interface to the other bridge chips.
3. The voltage regulation for the AMD Opteron processor is
set up in a "Split Plane" configuration where a three-phase
voltage regulator is responsible for the processor cores and
a single-phase voltage regulator is responsible for the north
bridge. The LS22 includes two 1207-pin LGA sockets for dual
processor operation with integrated memory controllers.
4. Express model.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 467
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1,2 2
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2
NHS
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2
NHS
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 2,3,4 3
43X0857 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 2,3,4 3
2.5" SFF HS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2
HDD
42D0669 42D0667 5508 4IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2
HDD
SATA HDDs
43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2
43W7707 - 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SFF 1,2 2
SSD
Associated Options
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2
Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS22 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller, two onboard SFF SAS hard drive
connectors on the Base Processor Blade and and a SAS Pass Thru connector. The LSI 1064E SAS Controller contains four SAS ports
operating at a burst rate of 1.5 or 3.0 Gb/s. The four SAS ports connect directly to the hard drives on the Base Processor Blade through
two 29-pin SFF SAS connectors. The LS22 blade can support up to two solid state drives on the Base Processor Blade by connecting to the
SAS connectors
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
Blade server expansion cards
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II -
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
26R0891 - 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
26R0885 - 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer StFF
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter StFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4473 44W4465 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
46M1816 - 5495 Chelsio 10GbE Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
Storage controllers
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
Associated options
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 Storage Internal HDD Internal HDD HDD (std/ Expansion
controller7 interface storage (std/max)8 max) slots9
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 474
7972-31Y10 Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-32Y11 Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-3AY10 Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-3BY11 Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-51Y10 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-52Y11 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-6AY10 July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-6BY11 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-4TY11 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-7AY11 July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-7BY11 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-E2Y10 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-61Y11 July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-62Y10 Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
7972-7MY11 - SAS Fixed 146GB/ 292GB 2/2 0/2
7972-8BY11 - SAS Fixed 0GB/ 292GB 0/2 0/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed,
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides
three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a
128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller.
4. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile (VLP)
DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron processor
contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs.
5. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports features
which include monitoring the LS41 systems management activity as well
as communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.
6. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S TOE-enabled Gigabit Ethernet Controllers
on the base board and Dual Broadcom BCM5708S TOE-enabled Gigabit
Ethernet Controllers on the multiprocessor expansion unit.
7. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller on the Base Processor Blade
to provide support for two SAS Hard Disk Drives, located on the Base
Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade.
8. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two
73GB SAS HDD.
9. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches
directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a
total of five HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of four
expansion card slots.
10. For maximum capacity, an optional Multiprocessor Expansion Blade
can attach directly to the base blade server to add support for two
additional AMD Opteron processors, eight memory DIMMs, one additional
SAS HDD, one legacy expansion card slot, and one blade expansion connector,
which supports high speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit.
11. The Multiprocessor Expansion Blade (P/N 25K5934) is a standard
component attached directly to the base blade server for maximum
capacity. It adds support for two additional AMD Opteron processors,
eight memory DIMMs, one additional SAS HDD, one legacy expansion
card slot, and one blade expansion connector which supports high
speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Note: Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an
Energy Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to
increased power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most
cases this represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W
processor will run at full speed in all chassis.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5'' Solid State Drive SFF 1, 2 2
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 3, 4, 5 3
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 3, 4, 5 3
2.5" SFF HS
43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K SFF 3, 4, 5 3
2.5" SFF HS
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1, 2 2
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1, 2 2
NHS
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1, 2 2
NHS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS - - -
HDD
42D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS - - -
HDD
Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS41 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller on the Base Processor Blade,
providing support to the SAS connectors located on the Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade, to support up to two
onboard SFF SAS hard drives.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel Half
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
Blade server expansion cards
- - - QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card Daughter
card
39Y9116 - 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
26R0885 - 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Daughter
card
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer Daughter
card
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter Daughter
card
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card Daughter
card
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
43W4392 43W4391 4339 PCI Extended Unit for PCI-e for BladeCenter -
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
26K5941 26K5934 4266 AMD Opteron LS41 Multiprocessor Expansion Unit -
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter
card
Storage controllers
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 481
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
42C2179 - 3567 Qlogic 4-Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4-Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller -
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller -
Associated options
- - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Part number1 Withdrawal CPU/FSB speed (GHz/ Number of Memory (std/ System Integrated
date2 MHz) - cache3,4 processors max) Management ethernet
(std/max) Processor
7902-3QY - Quad Core Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Quad 1GB
8347 HE Processor 128GB
(1.9 GHz 2MB L2)
7902-CQY - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Quad 1GB
Processor Model 8356 128GB
(2.3GHz 2MB L2)
7902-3SY5 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Dual 1GB
Processor Model 8384 128GB
(2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-1SY5 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Dual 1GB
Processor Model 8380 128GB
(2.5GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-3LY - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Dual 1GB
Processor Model 8376 128GB
(2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-HVY6 March 31 2009 Quad Core AMD Opteron 4/4 16GB/ Y Quad 1GB
Processor Model 8384 128GB
(2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-ELY7 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 4GB/ Y Dual 1GB
Processor Model 8376 128GB
(2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-EMY7 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 4/4 16GB/ Y Quad 1GB
Processor Model 8376 128GB
(2.3GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-ESY5,7 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 2/4 8GB/ Y Dual 1GB
Processor Model 8384 128GB
(2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
7902-EUY7 - Quad Core AMD Opteron 4/4 16GB/ Y Quad 1GB
Processor Model 8384 128GB
(2.7GHz 2MB L2, 6MB L3)
Part number1 Withdawal Storage controller Internal HDD Internal HDD HDD Expansion
date2 interface storage (std/max) (std/max) slots
7902-3QY - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-CQY - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-3SY5 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-1SY5 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-3LY - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-HVY6 March 31 2009 SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-ELY7 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-EMY7 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-EDY7 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-ESY5,7 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
7902-EUY7 - SAS Fixed 0GB/600GB 0/2 0/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part
number for 7902-3QY is 7902-3QU. See the product-specific
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 487
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. The AMD Opteron processor is designed for high-performance and
server applications. It provides three high-performance
HyperTransport links to the I/O as well as a 128-bit high-performance
DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller. Each AMD Quad-Core Opteron
processor contains four CPUs, memory controller, and coherent
HyperTransport interface between the processors as well as a
non-coherent HyperTransport interface to the other bridge chips,
two 1207-pin LGA sockets for dual processor operation with
integrated memory controllers, and one HyperTransport Expansion
Connector, which connects to the Naboo MP Expansion Unit for four
socket blade expansion
4. The voltage regulation for the AMD Opteron processor is set up in a
"Split Plane" configuration where a three-phase voltage regulator is
responsible for the processor cores and a single-phase voltage
regulator is responsible for the north bridge.
5. This model is a 30mm single-wide blade containing two processor
sockets, eight DIMM slots, one PCI-X I/O slot, and a high speed
PCIe slot. With the installation of an optional multiprocessor
expansion unit (MPE), this blade is transformed into a 60mm
double-wide blade. The double-wide blade provides two additional
processor sockets, eight additional DIMM slots, one additional
PCI-X I/O slot.
6. Hypervisor model.
7. Express model.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SBB number Option Feature code Description Height Bays Max qty
number supported
SAS HDDs
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1,2 2
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 3,4,5 3
43X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K SFF 3,4,5 3
2.5" SFF HS
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2
NHS
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K SFF 3,4,5 3
2.5" SFF HS
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF SFF 1,2 2
NHS
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2
HDD
42D0669 42D0667 5508 4IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1,2 2
HDD
SATA HDDs
43W7667 43W7666 5596 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 1,2 2
43W7707 - 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SFF 1,2 2
SSD
Associated Options
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 2
Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS42 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller and one onboard SFF SAS hard
drive.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
39Y6091 - 1487NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
39Y6071 - 1485NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
39Y6139 - 2974PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
Blade server expansion cards
46M1816 - 5495 Chelsio 10GbE Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
26R0885 - 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer StFF
26R0891 - 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
32R1761 - 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter StFF
26K4843 39R8624* 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet and 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
44W4470 44W4466 5489 Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4473 - 5479 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
26K4837 - 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
Storage controllers
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half
43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
Associated options
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs
- - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power supplies
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
SAS HDDs1
- - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power supplies1
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
USB HDDs
43W3933 43W3934 5548 IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive 6 - 1 1
60H4323 - 5585 IBM 8GB Modular Solid State Disk - 1 1
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Networking
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43W4392 - 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit1 -
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The
Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X
connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible
to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. An additional CFFv may be installed when IBM
BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit
(SBB 43W4392) is installed.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
At-A-Glance Options
Power supplies
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Software
Note:
1. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding non-IBM
products or services. These products are offered and warranted by
third parties.
2. IBM provides this service standard for all Datacenter sales
directly through IBM. Business Partners will also perform this
service but may choose to charge a fee.
3. For information on IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call
1-800-772-2227 or contact your IBM representative or reseller.
Copies are available upon request. International Warranty Service
available in those countries where the particular product is sold by IBM
or IBM Business Partners. With respect to onsite service, IBM sends
a technician after attempting to resolve the problem remotely.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 525
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Note: The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not
be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business
Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific
configuration requirements.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
The Datacenter UVHA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional Datacenter
certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.
Total
Quantities
Option Feature SEO Description Single Node
number code
Select one of the following
Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a two-node, 16-way configuration will consist of two
System x3950 servers. A four-node 16-way configuration will consist of four System x3950 servers.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution
Assurance Approval.
2. Order cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects chassis
in a node together for scalability.
3. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number of
processors.
4. All processors in the solution must match.
5. x3950 Datacenter models have eight (8) 1GB DIMMs standard.
6. Datacenter models ship standard with four memory cards.
7. Memory installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card,
until four cards are populated.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 530
8. Minimum two required per primary server (x3950) for load balancing
and redundancy. Optional for x3950 E.
9. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected together
via an ethernet network.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
The Datacenter UVHA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional
Datacenter certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required
Service Offerings' table.
Total Quantities
Option Feature SEO Description 2 Node 8- 3 Node 12- 4 Node 16-
number code way way3 way3
Select one of the following4
Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a two-node, 16-way configuration will consist of two
System x3950 servers. A four-node 16-way configuration will consist of four System x3950 servers.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. Multi-node configurations are essentially single-node configurations
clustered together. Hardware/software that would be necessary for
clustering is not covered here.
3. January 2008 announcement is for 2 Node Datacenter solutions.
Three and four node solutions will be available later in 2008.
4. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will
reside on this server.
5. Select based on primary server selected.
6. Order cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 533
chassis in a node together for scalability.
7. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number
of processors.
8. All processors in the solution must match.
9. x3950 Datacenter models have eight (8) 1GB DIMMs standard.
10. Datacenter models ship standard with four memory cards.
11. Memory installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card,
until four cards are populated.
12. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x3950)
for OS. HDDs are optional for x3950 Es. Max = 6 HDDs per chassis.
13. Minimum two required per primary server (x3950) for load
balancing and redundancy. Optional for x3950 E.
14. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected together via
an ethernet network.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Table 1. Datacenter unlimited virtualization with high availability solutions additional options1
Disk Systems
I/O Controllers
- - - - - -
Racks
- - - - - -
Note: Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply. Refer to the x3950 sections of the Configuration and Options Guide (COG) for supported external options such as keyboards, mice,
UPS and switches. Refer to the External Storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration. Refer to the Rack Cabinets
and Options section for rack options.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
The Datacenter UV Solutions will contain at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional Datacenter
certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.
Total quantities
Option Feature SEO Description 4-way 8-way 16-way 32-way
number code
Select one of the following2,3
Note:A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a single-node, 16-way configuration will consist of one
x3950 and three x3950E systems.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. The Datacenter OS is not preloaded but is provided "in-box"
with each Scalable DC model.
3. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will
reside on this server.
4. Select based on primary server selected. x3950E COA must match
the selected x3950 OS.
5. Order both cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects
chassis in a node together for scalability.
6. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number
of processors. The x3950E systems have zero processors standard.
7. All processors in the solution must match. Select processors for
x3950E based on the processor installed in the primary x3950. Select
in quantities of four per x3950E.
8. Scalable x3950 Datacenter models have two 2GB DIMMs standard.
x3950E Datacenter models have zero DIMMs standard. Minimum of two
DIMMs (one option kit) equating to 4GB required per chassis. Each
chassis must contain the same memory configuration.
9. All Datacenter model 8878-3XY ships standard with
two memory cards. Datacenter model 8878-5XY ships standard with
four memory cards. Datacenter model 8879-1XY ships standard with
two memory cards.Each memory card supports four DIMMs. A Max of
four cards are supported per chassis.
10. Memory can be installed using one of two methodologies: Performance
installation or cost-effective installation. Performance
installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card, until four
cards are installed, before adding a second pair of DIMMs to a card.
Cost-effective installation fully populates each memory card before
adding additional cards.
11. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x3950) for
OS. HDDs are optional for x3950E. A maximum of six HDDs per chassis
is possible.
12. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected
together via an ethernet network.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Disk Systems
I/O Controllers
39M5895 3551 - - DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
39M5894 3550 - - DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
Racks
- - - - - -
Note:Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply.
Note:Refer to the x3950 sections of the COG for supported external options such as keyboards, mice, UPS and switches. Refer to the
external storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration. Refer to the Rack section for rack options.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. A maximum of two ServeRAID 8i controllers is allowed per
Datacenter node (each instance of the operating system). One
of the two ServeRAID 8i controllers must be installed in the
x3950. The other ServeRAID 8i controller can be installed in
an x3950E to fit your configuration.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
The following chart shows which OS offerings are available for each
System x server or chassis.
US Canadian Network Operating System (NOS) x3550 x3650 x3650 x3655 x3755 x3800
Option Option offerings M2 (7979) M2 (7943, (7163, (8866)
number Number (7946) (7947) 7985) 8877)
US Canadian Network Operating System x3850 x3950 x3850M2 x3950M2 x3850M2 x3950M2
Option Option (NOS) offerings (8864) (8878) 7141 7141 7233 7233
number Number
US Canadian Network Operating System (NOS) offerings BC LS20 BC LS21 BC LS22 BC LS41 BC
Option Option (8850) (7971) (7901) (7972) LS42
number Number (7902)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and management
processor.
Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics.
Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, MOM, BMC or NetIQ.
IBM Systems Director V6.1
46D0955 46C0374 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 (DVD) - Retail Package
46C0376 46C0379 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription
46D0956 46D0956 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
46C0377 46C0380 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - License with 1 Year Subscription
46D0964 46D0964 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
46D0965 46D0965 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription After License
Director v5.20
42D8233 43W6532 IBM Director 5.20 Media Package
43W6520 43W6524 IBM Director 5.20 per Agent License with 1 Year Subscription
43W6521 43W6525 IBM Director 5.20 per Server License with 1 Year Subscription
Capacity Manager v5.20
42D8812 43W6537 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 Media Package
43W6522 43W6526 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
Software Distribution Premium Edition v5.20
43W6523 43W6527 IBM Director Soft Dist Premium Edition 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
42D8817 43W6542 IBM Director Software Distribution Premium Edition 5.20 Media Package
Active Energy Manager v4.1
46D0968 46C0375 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 (CD) - Retail Package
46C0378 46C0381 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription
46D0969 46D0969 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
46D0970 46D0970 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.1 - 1 Year Subscription After License
Active Energy Manager v3.1
44W3911 46C0229 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 (CD Media Pack)
44W3914 44W3914 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription After License)
44W3913 44W3913 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
46C0219 46C0220 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (License + 1 year subscription)
Virtual Availability Management v1.1
44E7895 44E7895 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After
License)
44E7893 44E7893 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
44E7896 44E7896 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After
License)
44E7894 44E7894 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)
44R9093 44R9094 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year
subscription)
44E7891 44R9102 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Virtual Image Management v1.1
44E7889 44E7889 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 559
44E7887 44E7887 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
44E7890 44E7890 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License)
44E7888 44E7888 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)
44R9091 44R9092 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription)
44E7885 44R9101 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Usage and Accounting Manager v7.1
44W3983 44W3983 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year
Subscription After License)
44W3982 44W3982 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year
Subscription Renewal)
46C0000 46C0002 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (License + 1 year
subscription)
44E8017 46C0001 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x Media Package
Subscription services
25K8633 25K8633 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
25K8634 25K8634 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8635 25K8635 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
44R9103 44R9103 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
39Y5183 39Y5183 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
39Y5182 39Y5182 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
25K8631 25K8631 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8632 25K8632 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
25K8630 25K8630 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
25K8641 25K8641 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
44R9104 44R9104 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8639 25K8639 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
Comprehensive server deployment for both Windows and Linux environments, including configuration of BIOS, RAID, and other
components.
Full system imaging and scripted operating system installations of Windows and Linux.
Web console that lets you install local or remote deployment servers and manage them from a central location.
Remote installation of applications, hotfixes, and service packs as part of server build process.
Support for BladeCenter which includes the ability to recognize bay in the Blade chassis for rip and replace function
4819L1X 4819L1X Linux Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
4819U1X 4819U1X Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers - Annual Upgrade Protection
4819S1X 4819S1X Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - Americas
4819S2X 4819S2X Altiris On-site Support - Standard Work Day - Americas
4819S4X 4819S4X Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends and After Hours - Americas
4819S8X 4819S8X Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - Americas
4819B1X 4819B1X Altiris Deployment Solution for BladeCenter Chassis - License
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 561
4819S9X 4819S9X Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - Americas
4819SBX 4819SBX Altiris Annual Premium 50 Support - Americas
4819SCX 4819SCX Altiris Annual Premium 25 Support - Americas
VMware offerings
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
VMware
Subscription Services
4817ELA 4817ELA VMware Infrastructure Enterprise License Agreement
4817V30* 4817V30* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 16 Sockets
4817V31* 4817V31* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 20 Sockets
4817V32* 4817V32* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 28 Sockets
4817V63 4817V63 VMware Infrastructure Media Kit
4817V64 4817V64 VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs
4817V65 4817V65 VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs
4817V66 4817V66 VMware VDI Bundle - 10 additional VMs
4817V67 4817V67 VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 100 VMs
4817V68 4817V68 VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 10 additional VMs
4817V71 4817V71 VMware Infrastructure Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V72 4817V72 VMware Infrastructure Standard - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V73 4817V73 VMware Infrastructure Enterprise - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V74 4817V74 VMware HA - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V75 4817V75 VMware DRS - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V76 4817V76 VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V77 4817V77 VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V78 4817V78 VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion- 2 Sockets License Only
4817V79 4817V79 VMware ESX Server 3i to Foundation Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V80 4817V80 VMware ESX Server 3i to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V81 4817V81 VMware ESX Server 3i to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V82 4817V82 VMware VirtCtr Fdn to VMware VirtCtr Svr Upgr - 2 Socket - Lic Only
4817V83 4817V83 VMware Foundation to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V84 4817V84 VMware Foundation to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V85 4817V85 VMware Standard to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V86 4817V86 VMware Infra Std HA Acceleration Kit for 4 Sockets License Only
4817V87 4817V87 VMware Infra Fdn Acceleration Kit for 6 Sockets License Only
4817V88 4817V88 VMware Infra Enterprise Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - License Only
4817V89 4817V89 VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - License Only
4817V90 4817V90 VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - License Only
4817V91 4817V91 VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - License Only
4817V92 4817V92 VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - License Only
4817V93 4817V93 VMware View Enterprise Starter Kit for 10 desktop VMs - 1 ESX Lic
4817V94 4817V94 VMware View Enterprise Bundle 100 pack (with 4 ESX 2 Socket Lic)
4817V95 4817V95 VMware View Enterprise Bundle 10 pack (with 1 ESX 2 Socket License)
4817V96 4817V96 VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit and VC Found 10 desktop VMs
4817V97 4817V97 VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack (with VI Ent) 100 desktop VMs
4817V98 4817V98 VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack (with VI Ent) 10 desktop VMs
4817V99 4817V99 VMware View Premier Add-On 10 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX)
4817VA0 4817VA0 VMware View Premier Add-On 100 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX)
4817VA1 4817VA1 Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 10 desktop VMs
4817VA2 4817VA2 Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 100 desktop VMs
4817VA3 4817VA3 VMware View Manager 3 stand-alone for 100 desktop connections
4817VA4 4817VA4 VMware View Manager 3 stand alone for 10 desktop connections
4817T61 4817T61 VMware ESX Server 3i - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription
4817S64 4817S64 Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 1 Year
4817S65 4817S65 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 1 Year
4817S66 4817S66 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 1 Year
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 563
4817S67 4817S67 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 1 Year
4817S68 4817S68 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 1 Year
4817S71 4817S71 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S72 4817S72 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S73 4817S73 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S74 4817S74 Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S75 4817S75 Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S76 4817S76 Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S77 4817S77 Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S78 4817S78 Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 1 Yr
4817S79 4817S79 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S80 4817S80 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S81 4817S81 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S82 4817S82 Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S83 4817S83 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S84 4817S84 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S85 4817S85 Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S86 4817S86 Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S87 4817S87 Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S88 4817S88 Subscription Only VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S89 4817S89 Subscription Only VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year
4817S90 4817S90 Subscription Only VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year
4817S91 4817S91 Subscription Only VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year
4817S92 4817S92 Subscription Only VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 1 Year
4817S93 4817S93 Sub Only VMware View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817S94 4817S94 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817S95 4817S95 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817S96 4817S96 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 1 Yr
4817S97 4817S97 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 1 Yr
4817S98 4817S98 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 1 Yr
4817S99 4817S99 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817SA0 4817SA0 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817SA1 4817SA1 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817SA2 4817SA2 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 1 Yr
4817SA3 4817SA3 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 1 Yr
4817SA4 4817SA4 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 1 Yr
4817T64 4817T64 Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 3 Year
4817T65 4817T65 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 3 Year
4817T66 4817T66 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 3 Year
4817T67 4817T67 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 3 Year
4817T68 4817T68 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 3 Year
4817T71 4817T71 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T72 4817T72 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T73 4817T73 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T74 4817T74 Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T75 4817T75 Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T76 4817T76 Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T77 4817T77 Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T78 4817T78 Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 3 Yr
4817T79 4817T79 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T80 4817T80 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T81 4817T81 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T82 4817T82 Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T83 4817T83 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T84 4817T84 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T85 4817T85 Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T86 4817T86 Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T87 4817T87 Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T88 4817T88 Subscription Only VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T89 4817T89 Subscription Only VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year
4817T90 4817T90 Subscription Only VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year
4817T91 4817T91 Subscription Only VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year
4817T92 4817T92 Subscription Only VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 3 Year
4817T93 4817T93 Sub Only VMware View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817T94 4817T94 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817T95 4817T95 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817T96 4817T96 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 3 Yr
4817T97 4817T97 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 3 Yr
4817T98 4817T98 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 3 Yr
4817T99 4817T99 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817TA0 4817TA0 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817TA1 4817TA1 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817TA2 4817TA2 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817TA3 4817TA3 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 3 Yr
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 564
4817TA4 4817TA4 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 3 Yr
4817U71 4817U71 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U79 4817U79 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr
4817U72 4817U72 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U80 4817U80 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr
4817U83 4817U83 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U73 4817U73 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U81 4817U81 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 5 Yr
4817U84 4817U84 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U85 4817U85 Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U74 4817U74 Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U75 4817U75 Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U76 4817U76 Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U82 4817U82 Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U77 4817U77 Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U78 4817U78 Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 5 Yr
4817U87 4817U87 Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U86 4817U86 Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U88 4817U88 Subscription Only VMware Infra Ent Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - 5 Year
4817U89 4817U89 Subscription Only VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year
4817U90 4817U90 Subscription Only VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year
4817U91 4817U91 Subscription Only VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year
4817U92 4817U92 Subscription Only VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - 5 Year
4817U93 4817U93 Sub Only VMware View Starter Kit Bundle 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817U94 4817U94 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817U95 4817U95 Subscription Only VMware View Bundle for 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817U96 4817U96 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit - 5 Yr
4817U97 4817U97 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack - 5 Yr
4817U98 4817U98 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack - 5 Yr
4817U99 4817U99 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 10 desktop VMs - 3 Yr
4817UA0 4817UA0 Sub Only VMware View Premier Desktop Add-On 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817UA1 4817UA1 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 10 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817UA2 4817UA2 Subscription Only Upgrade VMware View Premier 100 desktop VMs - 5 Yr
4817UA3 4817UA3 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 100 desktops - 5 Yr
4817UA4 4817UA4 Subscription Only VMware View Mgr 3 stand-alone 10 desktop - 5 Yr
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
1814-7VH
Host Partitions (std/max) 2/64
Host Ports (std/max) 4/4
Max Redundant Host Connections 2
Expansion Ports (std/max) 4/4
Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2
Notes: DS4200 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to four additional SFPs
can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
1727-01X 1727-02T
ESMs (std/max) 1/21 2/2
SAS Ports (std/max) 2/4 4/4
Notes:
1. Second ESM required for attachment to dual controller models
of DS3200/DS3400.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
SATA HDDs
40K1043 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1 ... 12 12
40K1044 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1 ... 12 12
43X0802 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1 ... 12 12
42D0519 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1 ... 12 12
39M4558 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1 ... 12 12
43W7580 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1 ... 12 12
43W7630 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1 ... 12 12
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
1812-8VH
ESMs (std/max) 2/2
Fibre Ports (std/max) 4/4
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
SATA HDDs
42D0389 DS4200 500 GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
43W9738 DS4200 750 GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
44X2454 DS4200 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Table 1. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP810 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part Storage HDD bays Hot-swap Max Dimensions Form Max Power
number type (std/max) HDD bays internal (WxDxH) factor cfg wt supply
(Y/N) storage quantity
capacity (std/max)
(TB) - Size
DS4000 181281H Fibre 16/16 Y 12TB 482mm x Rack Drawer 38.56kg 2/2 - 450w
EXP810 Channel4 559mm x (3U) (85lbs)
Model 132mm
811,2,3,5 (18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21 in)
Notes:
1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion
unit does not attach directly to the server.
2. DS4000 EXP810 accommodates up to four short-wave SFP modules. The
unit ships with two short-wave SFP modules.
3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order quantity
two of P/N 39Y7931.
4. Supports Enhanced Disk Drive Module (E-DDM) disks only. Insertion of
unsupported disks will cause significant damage.
5. Comes with rack mounting rails and two rack Power Distribution
Unit (PDU) power cords, and product documentation.
Table 2. Additional Features
1812-81H
ESMs (std/max) 2/21
Input Ports (std/max) 2/2
Output Ports (std/max) 2/2
Note:
1. Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input
port and one output port.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Box footprint
A 518/20.4 599/23.6 647/25.5 605/23.8 Width of rack
B 873/34.4 1000/39.4 1104/43.5 1000/39.4 Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer)
C 533/21 24/12.5 660/26 - Front/rear door clearance (when required)
Operational Clearance
D 619/24.4 698/27.5 749/29.5 699/28 Width of Operational Clearance area
E 1889/74.4 2372/93.4 2794/110 2372/93 Depth of Operational Clearance area
F 50/2 50/2 50/2 610/24 Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance area
G 762/30 914/36 914/36 914/36 Front of rack to Operational Clearance area
H 254/10 609/24 660/26 305/24 Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area
Service Clearance
I 660/26 2428/95.6 2476/97.5 2428/96 Width of Service Clearance area
J 1988/78.3 3286/129.4 3390/133.5 3287/129 Depth of Service Clearance area
K 71/2.8 914/36 914/36 914/36 Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance area
L 914/36 1524/60 1524/60 1524/60 Front of rack to Service Clearance area
M 762/30 762/30 762/30 762/30 Rear of rack to Service Clearance area
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Conversion kits
Description Machine Size (U)2 Depth (in) Approx weight 42C8923 39Y8382 32R0719
type/ (lb)3 5Ux22D 5Ux26D 7Ux26D
model Tower- Tower- Tower-
to-Rack to-Rack to-Rack
Kit Kit Kit II
Server system units4
x31055 4347 - - -
x32006 4362, 4363 5 22 84 X
x3200 M26 4367, 4368 5 22 84 X
x3250 4364, 4365 1 22 32
x3250 M2 4190, 4191, 1 22 32
4194
x3400 entry6 7973, 7974 5 27.5 84 X
x3400 mid- 7975, 7976 5 27.5 84 X
range6
x3455 7984 1 26 35
x35006 7977 5 27.5 84 X
x3550 7978 1 28 45
x3650 7979 2 27.5 73
x3655 7985 2 27.5 65
x3755 8877 4 28 113
x3800 8865, 8866 7 28 161 X
x3850 8863 3 28 103
x3950 8872, 8878 3 28 104
x3850 M2, 7141 4 28 112
x3950 M2
BladeCenter w/ 8677 7 28 150
two 2000w
power supplies
BladeCenter w/ 8677 7 28 246
four 2000w
power supplies
BladeCenter S 8886 7 28 153
w/ two
950/1450W
power supplies
BladeCenter S 8886 7 28 228
w/ four
950/1450W
power supplies
Console support:
17231RX 1723-HC1- 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit with1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image),
1071 Ultrabay space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately),
space for Ultrabay CDROM drive.
39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Compatible with the 17231RX 1U built-in 17in Flat Panel
Monitor Console Kit.
17233RX 1723-HC1- 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit 1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image),
1072 space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately).
42C0030 1723-HC1- UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
8699 black, PS/2, US English.
42C0038 1723-HC1- UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
8738 black, PS/2, French Canadian, 445 multilingual.
40K5372 1723-HC1- UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
8660 black, USB, US English.
40K5380 1723-HC1- UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
8668 black, USB, French Canadian, 445 multilingual.
17353LX 1735-HC1- IBM 1x8 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall
2610 compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8
enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to
128 servers, one local console.
17354LX 1735-HC1- IBM 2x16 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall
2611 compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 16
enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to
256 servers, two local consoles.
31R3130 3750 3m Console Switch Cable (PS2) Connects servers with PS/2 K-V-M ports to the enhanced
KVM console switches
31R3132 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Connects servers with USB and VGA K-V-M ports to the
enhanced KVM console switches
17351GX 1735-HC1- Local Console Manager (LCM2) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind
1066 1U Console Kit; 8 ACT ports; supports one to 128 servers,
two local consoles, locally attached media devices.
39M2897 3754 Long KVM Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with PS/2 and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console
Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of
cables.
39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console
Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of
cables.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing
later in this section.
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
Switch options
Ports
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 629
IN OUT
Option T-M-F1 Description2 Switch Type3 Qty Type Qty ACI ports 4
number type
17353LX 1735- 1x8 Console Switch Enh KVM/ ARI/ACT 8 PS2 or USB 1 1
HC1- ACT Combo Combo5
2610
17354LX 1735- 2x16 Console Switch Enh KVM/ ARI/ACT 16 PS2 or USB 2 1
HC1- ACT Combo Combo5
2611
17351GX 1735- 2x8 Local Console ACT ACT 8 PS2 or USB 2 1
HC1- Manager (LCM2)
1066
17352GX 1735- 2x16 Global Console ACT ACT 16 PS2 or USB 1 0
HC1- Manager (GCM2)
LAN 1
1067
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Attention: UPS Data for Latin America and Asia Pacific will be added in
UPS3000LV
UPS3000HV
UPS75000XHV
UPS10000XHV
Power Outlets
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Rack Placement:
BladeCenter examples:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
Notes: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products that are part of a family of power
distribution units (PDUs). See the table 'DPI Power Distribution Units' for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate
options use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as
features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes for Bundles are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
71763NU 6051 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU attached line cord: three-phase
60A/208V/3ph (US) 4.3m IEC 309 3P delta
+Gnd 60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit -
per Outlet: 16A 10A
grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A
per group 27.7A
per PDU: --
Power No
Monitoring:
71763MU 6091 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ attached line cord: three-phase
60A/208V/3ph (US) 4.3m IEC 309 3P delta
+Gnd 60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit -
per Outlet: 16A 10A
grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A
per group 27.7A
per PDU: --
Power Yes
Monitoring:
Note: This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and
BladeCenter servers.
For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers.
The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A.
These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number.
When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number.
For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs.
See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
21302RX 1078 IBM UPS3000HV select from the list of Line Cords below:
Line Cords:
40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-
20P (US) Line Cord
40K9620 5742 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications
Outlets: nine IEC C13 one IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 208V
21303RX 1079 IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28
IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V
Power Limit per 15A
Outlet:
Power Limit per 38A
UPS:
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Yes, four 3U units max (P/N
Expansion: 39Y8857)
21304RX 1080 IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 70A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28
IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V
Power Limit per 15A
Outlet:
Power Limit per 50A
UPS:
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Yes, four 3U units max (P/N
Expansion: 39Y8857)
Note: This table describes the IBM System x family Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the
eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See
the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase 32A/220-
Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 240V
Line Cord
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC single-phase 63A/220-
Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 240V
Line Cord
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, three-phase wye
Module (WW) IEC 309 3P+N+G 32A/380-415V
(non-US) Line Cord
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per 16A 16A 16A
Outlet:
Grouping: - - two per phase
Power Limit per - - 32A
Group:
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase 32A/220-
PDU+Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 240V
Line Cord
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units
(PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU | IBM UPS |
21303RX IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase 3-phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V 6000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 38A 38A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max
(P/N 39Y8857)
21304RX IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 63A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase 3-phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V 8000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 50A 50A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max
(P/N 39Y8857)
Note: This table describes the IBM System x family of Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the
eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC three-phase wye
Module (WW) 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line 32A/380-415V
Cord
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS single-phase
Module (WW) 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 32A/230V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 single-phase
Module (WW) (S. Korea) Line Cord 30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per 10A 10A 10A
Outlet:
Grouping: - - four per phase
Power Limit per - - 32A
Group:
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 32A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 63A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC three-phase wye
Module (WW) 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line 32A/380-415V
Cord
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS single-phase
Module (WW) 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 32A/230V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 single-phase
Module (WW) (S. Korea) Line Cord 30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per 16A 16A 16A
Outlet:
Grouping: - - two per phase
Power Limit per - - 32A
Group:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 663
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
PDU+Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 32A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P single-phase
PDU+Module (WW) +N+G (non-US) Line Cord 63A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC three-phase wye
PDU+Module (WW) 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line 32A/380-415V
Cord
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS single-phase
PDU+Module (WW) 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord 32A/230V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 single-phase
PDU+Module (WW) (S. Korea) Line Cord 30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per 10A 10A 10A
Outlet:
Grouping: - - four per phase
Power Limit per - - 32A
Group:
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase
Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 32A/220-240V
Line Cord
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC single-phase
Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 63A/220-240V
Line Cord
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, three-phase wye
Module (WW) IEC 309 3P+N+G (non- 32A/380-415V
US) Line Cord
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC single-phase
+Module (WW) 309 P+N+G (non-US) 32A/220-240V
Line Cord
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Table 7. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller
Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Table 1. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3R (PN 3572S3R)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3572S3R TS2900 Tape SAS 1U Rack 0/9 1/1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
Autoloader
Model S3R1
Related Options
45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers
45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4712 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 2. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3E (PN 3572S3E)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3572S3E TS2900 Tape SAS Stand- 0/9 1/1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
Autoloader alone
Model S3E1
Related Options
45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine
45E3785 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4712 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 682
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 3. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4R (PN 3572S4R)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3572S4R TS2900 Tape SAS 1U Rack 0/9 1/1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
Autoloader
Model S4R1
Related Options
45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers
45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine
45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4712 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 4. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4E (PN 3572S4E)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3572S4E TS2900 Tape SAS Stand- 0/9 1/1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
Autoloader alone
Model S4E1
Related Options
45E3785 Rack Mount Kit
45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine
45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)
95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4712 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 5. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L3S (PN 3573L3S)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573L3S IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2 20/40
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L3S1
Related Options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 683
mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 6. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S (PN 3573F3S)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573F3S IBM System 4 Gbps Fiber 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2 20/40
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
F3S1
Related Options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack
mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 7 IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S (P/N 3573L4S)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573L4S IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 120/240
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L4S1
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one
data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line
cord provided.
Table 8. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S (P/N 3573F4S)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573F4S IBM System 4Gbps Fibre 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 120/240
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
F4S1
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 684
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
provided.
Table 9. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S (P/N 3573S4S)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S4S IBM System SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 120/240
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
S4S1
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one
data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line
cord provided.
Table 10. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L32 (P/N 3573L32)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573L32 IBM System LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2 60/120
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L321
Related options
95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one
data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line
cord provided.
Table 11. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S32 (P/N 3573S32)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 685
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S32 IBM System SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2 60/120
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
S321
Related options
95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one
data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line
cord provided.
Table 12. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S42 IBM System SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 120/240
Storage TB
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L2U1
Related Options
45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one
data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line
cord provided.
Table 13. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
Table 14. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L3H(PN 3573L3H)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573L3H IBM System LVD SCSI 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 9.2 TB/ 38.4 40/80
Storage TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
L3H 1
Related Options
23R7260 3573 Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Tape Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack
mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 15. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H(PN 3573F3H)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573F3H IBM System LC Fiber 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 40/80
Storage TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
F3H1
Related Options
23R7261 3573 Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 687
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack
mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 16. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L34 (P/N 3573L34)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573L34 IBM System LVD SCSI 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 19.2TB/ 60/120
Storage 38.4TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
L341
Related Options
95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
provided.
Table 17. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S34 (P/N 3573S34)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S34 IBM System SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 19.2 TB/ 38.4 60/120
Storage TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S341
Related Options
95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 688
provided.
Table 18. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4U
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage - MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S44 IBM System SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S341
Related Options
45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive
45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine
45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
provided.
Table 19. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage - MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573E44 IBM System SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Seller
Model L4U1
Related Options
45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive
45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine
45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge and one rack
mount kit. No line cord provided.
Table 20. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4H(P/N 3573L4H)
Table 21. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H(P/N 3573F4H
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573F4H IBM System 4Gbps Fibre 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8 120/240
Storage TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
F4H1
Related Options
95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
provided.
Table 22. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H(P/N 3573S4H)
Part Description Storage Form factor Data Cartridge Quantity of Max storage MB/sec -
number interface cartridges Mags (std/ drives (std/ - native/ native/
(std/ max) max) compressed compressed1
max)
3573S4H IBM System SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8 120/240
Storage TB
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S4H1
Related Options
95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 690
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord
provided.
Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Tower
Low Voltage Versions (US) UPS1000TLV UPS1500TLV
New T-M-F Ordering System4 2130TU1-1083 2130TU1-1085
Part Number 2130R3X 2130R5X
(Old Part Number) (21303TX) (21305TX)
Tower
UPS750T UPS1000T UPS1500T
Total load (watts) Runtime (minutes) Runtime (minutes) Runtime (minutes)
50 105 224 269
100 57 127 157
200 28 64 80
300 18 41 51
400 13 29 37
500 10 23 28
600 - 18 22
700 - 15 18
800 - 12 15
900 - 11 13
1000 - 9 11
1200 - - 9
1400 - - 7
Notes:
1. Data provided by APC.
Table 3. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS750THV, UPS1000THV, and UPS1500THV:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Server products
x32003 4362, 4363 1/2 190/ S D S S S
272
x3200 M23 4367, 4368 1/2 190/ S D S S S
272
x32503 4364, 4365 1/1 210/ S D S S
300
x3250 M23 4190, 1/1 245/ S D S S
4191, 4194 350
x33503 4192, 4193 1/2 280/ S S S S
400
x3400 entry3 7973, 7974 1/1 463/ D
662
x3400 mid- 7975, 7976 1/2 476/ D
range3 680
x34553 7984 1/1 350/ S S S S S S S
495
x35003 7977 1/2 476/ D
680
x35503 7978 1/2 490/ S S S S
700
x36503 7979 1/2 679/ S S S S
970
x36553 7985 1/2 679/ S S S S
970
x3755 (one 8877 1/1 610/ S S S
power 872
supply)3
x3755 (two 8877 2/2 1190/ S S S
power 1700
supplies)3
x3800 (two 8865, 8866 2/2 679/ D S
power 970
supplies)3
x3800 (three 8865, 8866 3/3 1288/ D S
power 1840
supplies)3
x38503 8863 2/2 1103/ S S
1575
x3850 M23 7141 2/2 590/
(low voltage) 843
5
Server products
x32003 4362, 4363 1/2 190/
272
x3200 M23 4367, 4368 1/2 190/
272
x32503 4364, 4365 1/1 210/
300
x3250 M23 4190, 4191, 1/1 245/
4194 350
x33503 4192, 4193 1/2 280/
400
x3400 entry3 7973, 7974 1/1 463/
662
x3400 mid- 7975, 7976 1/2 476/
range3 680
x34553 7984 1/1 350/ S
495
x35003 7977 1/2 476/
680
x35503 7978 1/2 490/
700
x36503 7979 1/2 679/
970
x36553 7985 1/2 679/ S
970
x3755 (one 8877 1/1 610/ S
power supply)3 872
x3755 (two 8877 2/2 1190/ S
power 1700
supplies)3
x3800 (two 8865, 8866 2/2 679/
power 970
supplies)3
x3800 (three 8865, 8866 3/3 1288/
power 1840
supplies)3
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 700
x38503 8863 2/2 1103/
1575
x3850 M23 7141 2/2 590/
(low voltage)5 843
x3850 M2 7141 2/2 1098/
(high voltage)3 1568
x39503 8872, 8878 2/2 1103/
1575
x3950 M23 7141 2/2 1098/
1568
BladeCenter S 8886 2/4 1585/ S
(two 950w 2235
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 4/4 2347/ S
(four 950w 3353
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 2/4 2240/ S S
(two 1450w 3200
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 4/4 2240/ S S
(four 1450w 3200
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8677 2/4 1855/ S
(two 2000w 2650
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter 8677 4/4 3710/ S
(four 2000w 5300
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter H 8852 2/2 3325/ S
(two 2900w 4750
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter H 8852 4/4 6650/ S
(four 2900w 9500
power
supplies)3,4
Storage products
EXP400 17331RU 2/2 310/
Storage 440
Expansion
Unit3
EXP3000 172001X 2/2 350/
Storage 500
Expansion
Unit3
DS300 1701xxx 2/2 391/
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS400 1700xxx 2/2 391/
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS3200 Disk 17622xx 2/2 421/
System3 500
DS3300 Disk 17233xx 2/2 421/
System3 500
DS3400 Disk 17234xx 2/2 421/
System2 500
DS4200 Disk 18147VH 2/2 427/
System2 600
DS4300 Disk 17226xx 2/2 275/
System2 390
DS4700 Disk 18147xx 2/2 427/
System2 600
DS4800 18158xx 2/2 140/
Storage 200
Controller2
Server products
x32003 4362, 4363 1/2 190/ S S S S
272
x3200 M23 4367, 4368 1/2 190/ S S
272
x32503 4364, 4365 1/1 210/ D S S S
300
x3250 M23 4190, 4191, 1/1 245/ D S S S
4194 350
x33503 4192, 4193 1/2 280/ D S S S S
400
x3400 entry3 7973, 7974 1/1 463/
662
x3400 mid- 7975, 7976 1/2 476/
range3 680
x34553 7984 1/1 350/ D
495
x35003 7977 1/2 476/
680
x35503 7978 1/2 490/ S S S S
700
x36503 7979 1/2 679/ S S D S S
970
x36553 7985 1/2 679/ S
970
x3755 (one 8877 1/1 610/ S
power 872
supply)3
x3755 (two 8877 2/2 1190/ S
power 1700
supplies)3
x3800 (two 8865, 8866 2/2 679/ S D S S
power 970
supplies)3
x3800 (three 8865, 8866 3/3 1288/ S D S S
power 1840
supplies)3
x38503 8863 2/2 1103/ D S S
1575
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 702
x3850 M23 7141 2/2 590/ S D S S
(low voltage) 843
5
x3850 M2 7141 2/2 1098/ S D S S
(high 1568
voltage)3
x39503 8872, 8878 2/2 1103/ S D S S
1575
x3950 M23 7141 2/2 1098/ S S S S
1568
BladeCenter 8886 2/4 1585/
S (two 950w 2235
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8886 4/4 2347/
S (four 950w 3353
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8886 2/4 2240/
S (two 3200
1450w
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8886 4/4 2240/
S (four 3200
1450w
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8677 2/4 1855/
(two 2000w 2650
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter 8677 4/4 3710/
(four 2000w 5300
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter 8852 2/2 3325/
H (two 4750
2900w
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter 8852 4/4 6650/
H (four 9500
2900w
power
supplies)3,4
Storage products
EXP400 17331RU 2/2 310/ 2B
Storage 440
Expansion
Unit3
EXP3000 172001X 2/2 350/ 2B
Storage 500
Expansion
Unit3
DS300 1701xxx 2/2 391/ 1B
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS400 1700xxx 2/2 391/ 2B
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS3200 Disk 17622xx 2/2 421/ 2B
System3 500
DS3300 Disk 17233xx 2/2 421/ 2B
System3 500
DS3400 Disk 17234xx 2/2 421/ 2B
System2 500
DS4200 Disk 18147VH 2/2 427/ 2B
System2 600
DS4300 Disk 17226xx 2/2 275/ 2B
System2 390
DS4700 Disk 18147xx 2/2 427/ 2B
System2 600
DS4800 18158xx 2/2 140/ 2B
Storage 200
Controller2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 703
DS4000 18128VH 2/2 420/ 2B
EXP420 600
Storage
Expansion
Unit2
DS4000 181281H 2/2 420/ 2B
EXP810 600
Storage
Expansion
Unit2
Fibre 200516B 1/1 53/ 1B
Channel 75
Switch, 16-
Port
Fibre 200532B 2/2 147/ 2B
Channel 210
Switch, 32-
Port
Other products
Console 1735xLX 1/1 28/ 1B
Switch 40
Console 1735xGX 1/1 28/ 1B
Manager 40
1U 17in 17231RX 1/1 38/ 1B
Console Kit 54
1U 15in 17233RX 1/1 25/ 1B
Console Kit 35
1U 19in 172319X 1/1 42/
Console kit 60
1U 17in 172317X 1/1 42/
Console kit 60
Server products
x32003 4362, 4363 1/2 190/
272
x3200 M23 4367, 4368 1/2 190/
272
x32503 4364, 4365 1/1 210/
300
x3250 M23 4190, 4191, 1/1 245/
4194 350
x33503 4192, 4193 1/2 280/ S S S
400
x3400 entry3 7973, 7974 1/1 463/
662
x3400 mid- 7975, 7976 1/2 476/
range3 680
x34553 7984 1/1 350/ S S
495
x35003 7977 1/2 476/
680
x35503 7978 1/2 490/ S
700
x36503 7979 1/2 679/ S
970
x36553 7985 1/2 679/ S
970
x3755 (one 8877 1/1 610/ S
power supply)3 872
x3755 (two 8877 2/2 1190/ S
power 1700
supplies)3
x3800 (two 8865, 8866 2/2 679/
power 970
supplies)3
x3800 (three 8865, 8866 3/3 1288/
power 1840
supplies)3
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 704
x38503 8863 2/2 1103/
1575
x3850 M23 7141 2/2 590/
(low voltage)5 843
x3850 M2 7141 2/2 1098/
(high voltage)3 1568
x39503 8872, 8878 2/2 1103/
1575
x3950 M23 7141 2/2 1098/
1568
BladeCenter S 8886 2/4 1585/ S
(two 950w 2235
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 4/4 2347/ S
(four 950w 3353
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 2/4 2240/ S
(two 1450w 3200
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter S 8886 4/4 2240/ S
(four 1450w 3200
power
supplies)3, 6
BladeCenter 8677 2/4 1855/ S
(two 2000w 2650
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter 8677 4/4 3710/ S
(four 2000w 5300
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter H 8852 2/2 3325/ S
(two 2900w 4750
power
supplies)3,4
BladeCenter H 8852 4/4 6650/ S
(four 2900w 9500
power
supplies)3,4
Storage products
EXP400 17331RU 2/2 310/
Storage 440
Expansion
Unit3
EXP3000 172001X 2/2 350/
Storage 500
Expansion
Unit3
DS300 1701xxx 2/2 391/
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS400 1700xxx 2/2 391/
Storage 558
Subsystem3
DS3200 Disk 17622xx 2/2 421/
System3 500
DS3300 Disk 17233xx 2/2 421/
System3 500
DS3400 Disk 17234xx 2/2 421/
System2 500
DS4200 Disk 18147VH 2/2 427/
System2 600
DS4300 Disk 17226xx 2/2 275/
System2 390
DS4700 Disk 18147xx 2/2 427/
System2 600
DS4800 18158xx 2/2 140/
Storage 200
Controller2
Power cables1
Power Option Feature SBB Geography Compatible (6369) (6313) (6207) (6351)
supply number code with 1.8m C13/ 2.8m C13/ 4.3m C13/ 1.8m C13/
5-15P 5-15P 5-15P 6-15P
Power cables1
Power Option Feature SBB Geography Compatible (6372) (6201) (6316) 2m (6311)
supply number code with 2.8m C13/ 1.5m C13/ C13/ 2.8m C13/
6-15P C14 C14 C14
Power cables1
Power Option Feature SBB Geography Compatible (6263) (6204) 2xC13/ (4578)
supply number code with 4.3m C13/ 2.8m C13/ C14 Y-cable 2.5m C19/
C14 C20 5-15P
Power cables1
Power Option Feature SBB Geography Compatible (3733) (6253) (4558) (6252)
supply number code with 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/ 2.5m C19/
6-15P 6-15P 6-15P C20
Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Country-specific Line Cords (US / Canada)
- 39Y5650 6369 39M5080 1.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y5652 6370 39M5082 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y8123 6373 39M5096 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y6555 6390 39M5116 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y6556 6391 39M5117 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord
Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Internal Rack Power Cables (Worldwide)
- 39Y5531 6201 39M5375 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
- 39Y5532 6316 39M5376 2m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
- 39Y5533 6311 39M5377 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
39Y7932 39Y7979 6263 39M5378 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
39Y7938 39Y5547 6204 39M5392 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
39Y7931 39Y5646 6207 39M5076 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P Rack Power Cable
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Legend
ISMP Integrated System Management Processor
BMC Baseboard Management Controller
RSA II Remote Supervisor Adapter II
RSA II SL Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine
ASMIC Advanced System Management Interconnect1
Notes:
1. An advanced system management interconnect network is for interconnectivity
of legacy service processors and/or RSA IIs with one RSA II serving as the gateway
to the customer LAN routing alerts and management functions. Service processors that
can support an ASM network are: Remote Supervisor Adapter II, Remote
Supervisor Adapter, Integrated Systems Management Processor, Advanced
Systems Management PCI Adapter and the Advanced Systems Management Processor.
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.
Important notices
A withdrawal date indicates when an item is no longer available
from IBM. Business Partner inventory might be available.
MHz and GHz measure only microprocessor internal clock speed, not
application performance. Many factors affect application performance.
Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities might require the
replacement of any standard hard disk drives and memory and the
population of all hard disk drive bays and memory slots with the
largest currently supported available drives and memory modules.
When referring to variable speed CDs and DVDs, actual playback speed
will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid
only in the United States. Outside the United States, call your
local IBM representative for assistance.
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM might not
offer the products, services or features discussed in this document
in other countries, and the information is subject to change without
notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information
on the products, services and features available in your area.
All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part
numbers and not service part numbers.
http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer
the products, services or features discussed in this document in other
countries, and the information may be subject to change without notice.
Consult your local IBM business contact for information on the product
or services available in your area.
All statements regarding IBM's future direction and intent are subject to
change or withdraw without notice, and represent goals and objectives
only. Prices subject to change without notice. Starting price may not
include a hard drive, operating system or other features. Contact your
IBM representative or Business Partner for the most current pricing in
your geography.
What's new?
( April 14, 2009)
Welcome to the What's new? page of the Configuration and Options Guide. This is your source for References
finding information on new released products as well as the latest updates on products currently Withdrawn
published in the Configuration and Options Guide. information
Submit errors or
General information feedback
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators,
the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and
Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using
these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in
this document.
For more details about feature codes contact your IBM representative.
Publishing dates are provided in this document at the bottom of the page as a version reference to
help verify that this is the most current information available. This date will be the same publishing
date for both versions of the Configuration and Options Guide, HTML Web pages and PDF document.
Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006 will contain references to feature
codes. Feature code is the nomenclature used to specify components of configurable System x
products used in US and Canada Web configurators. For more details about feature codes, contact
your IBM representative.
New products
( April 14, 2009)
What's changed
Updated on April 14, 2009
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) I/O options
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) Power and accessories
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) Tape options
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) I/O options
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) Tape options
System x3350 (4192, 4193) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3350 (4192, 4193) I/O options
System x3400 (7973, 7974) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3400 (7973, 7974) I/O options
System x3400 (7973, 7974) Power and accessories
System x3400 (7975, 7976) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3400 (7975, 7976) I/O options
System x3400 (7975, 7976) Power and accessories
System x3450 (7948) At-A-Glance
System x3455 (7940) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3455 (7940) I/O options
System x3455 (7940) Power and accessories
System x3500 (7977) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3500 (7977) I/O options
System x3500 (7977) Power and accessories
System x3550 (7978) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3550 (7978) I/O options
System x3550 (7978) Power and accessories
System x3550 M2 (7946) I/O options
System x3550 M2 (7946) Power and accessories
System x3550 M2 (7946) Tape options
System x3650 (7979) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3650 (7979) I/O options
System x3650 (7979) Power and accessories
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2009 - Apr 14, 2009 714
System x3650 (7979) Tape options
System x3650 M2 (7947) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3650 M2 (7947) I/O options
System x3650 M2 (7947) Power and accessories
System x3650 M2 (7947) Tape options
System x3655 (7943) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3655 (7943) I/O options
System x3655 (7943) Power and accessories
System x3655 (7943) Tape options
System x3755 (7163) Memory options
System x3755 (7163) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3755 (7163) I/O options
System x3755 (7163) Power and accessories
System x3755 (7163) Tape options
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) At-A-Glance
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) I/O options
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) Power and accessories
System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) Hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) I/O options
System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) Power and accessories
BladeCenter S (8886) cabling options
BladeCenter S (8886) hard disk drive (HDD) and optical storage options
BladeCenter S (8886) I/O options
BladeCenter S (8886) power and accessories
BladeCenter T (8720) At-A-Glance
BladeCenter T (8720) cabling options
BladeCenter T (8720) I/O options
BladeCenter T (8720) power and accessories
BladeCenter T (8730) cabling options
BladeCenter T (8730) I/O options
BladeCenter T (8730) power and accessories
BladeCenter HT DC (8740) cabling options
BladeCenter HT DC (8740) I/O options
BladeCenter HT AC (8750) cabling options
BladeCenter HT AC (8750) I/O options
BladeCenter HT AC (8750) power and accessories
BladeCenter E (8677) cabling options
BladeCenter E (8677) I/O options
BladeCenter E (8677) power and accessories
BladeCenter H (8852) cabling options
BladeCenter H (8852) I/O options
BladeCenter HS12 (8014) I/O options
BladeCenter HS12 (8028) I/O options
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995) I/O options
BladeCenter HS21 (8853) I/O options
BladeCenter HS22 (7870) hard disk drive (HDD) and storage options
BladeCenter LS21 (7971) processor options
BladeCenter LS21 (7971) I/O options
BladeCenter LS22 (7901) I/O options
BladeCenter LS41 (7972) I/O options
BladeCenter LS42 (7902) I/O options
Withdrawn information
( April 14, 2009)